-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, BErP5qbnkJSVh6n/N+YmZ2GMI3GnodJ5pQSyuKQkD7oTI+77iONrKgBk+kZoyr0K gCGF/yjl1mnNBTbZIyCL9A== 0001104659-06-024082.txt : 20060410 0001104659-06-024082.hdr.sgml : 20060410 20060410170808 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-06-024082 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 16 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20060228 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060410 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060410 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000806085 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SECURITY BROKERS, DEALERS & FLOTATION COMPANIES [6211] IRS NUMBER: 133216325 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1130 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-09466 FILM NUMBER: 06751444 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: LEHMAN BROTHERS STREET 2: 745 SEVENTH AVENUE CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10019 BUSINESS PHONE: 2125267000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: LEHMAN BROTHERS STREET 2: 745 SEVENTH AVENUE CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10019 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: SHEARSON LEHMAN HUTTON HOLDINGS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19901017 10-Q 1 a06-8685_110q.htm QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(D)

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark one)

 

 

 

 

 

x

 

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE

 

 

 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the quarterly period ended February 28, 2006

 

 

 

OR

 

 

 

¨

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE

 

 

 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the transition period from               to               

 

Commission file number 1-9466

 

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

13-3216325

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York

 

10019

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(212) 526-7000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ý Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No ý

 

As of March 31, 2006, 267,714,049 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share, were outstanding.

 

 



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

FORM 10-Q

 

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 2006

 

Contents

 

 

Page
Number

Available Information

2

 

 

Part I.

 

 

 

 

Item 1

Financial Statements—(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Income—Quarters Ended February 28, 2006 and 2005

3

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition—February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005

4

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows—Quarters Ended February 28, 2006 and 2005

6

 

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

39

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

40

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

73

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

73

 

 

Part II.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

74

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

74

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

75

 

 

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

76

 

 

Item 5.

Other Information

77

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

78

 

 

Signature

80

 

 

Exhibit Index

81

 

 

Exhibits

 

 



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and copy any document Holdings files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, U.S.A. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 (or 1-202-551-8090). The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Holdings’ electronic SEC filings are available to the public at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Holdings’ public internet site is http://www.lehman.com. Holdings makes available free of charge through its internet site, via a link to the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. Holdings also makes available through its internet site, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Holdings’ equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

In addition, Holdings currently makes available on http://www.lehman.com its most recent annual report on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the current fiscal year, its most recent proxy statement and its most recent annual report to stockholders, although in some cases these documents are not available on that site as soon as they are available on the SEC’s site.

 

Holdings also makes available on http://www.lehman.com (i) its Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) its Code of Ethics (including any waivers therefrom granted to executive officers or directors) and (iii) the charters of the Audit, Compensation and Benefits, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees of its Board of Directors. These documents are also available in print without charge to any person who requests them by writing or telephoning:

 

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

Office of the Corporate Secretary

1301 Avenue of the Americas

5th Floor

New York, New York 10019, U.S.A.

1-212-526-0858

 

In order to view and print the documents referred to above (which are in the .PDF format) on Holdings’ internet site, you will need to have installed on your computer the Adobe® Acrobat® Reader® software. If you do not have Adobe Acrobat, a link to Adobe Systems Incorporated’s internet site, from which you can download the software, is provided.

 

2



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

PART I—FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. Financial Statements

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT of INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

In millions, except per share data
Quarter ended February 28

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

Principal transactions

 

$

2,473

 

$

2,195

 

Investment banking

 

835

 

683

 

Commissions

 

472

 

411

 

Interest and dividends

 

6,192

 

3,884

 

Asset management and other

 

335

 

218

 

Total revenues

 

10,307

 

7,391

 

Interest expense

 

5,846

 

3,581

 

Net revenues

 

4,461

 

3,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Interest Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

2,199

 

1,886

 

Technology and communications

 

228

 

200

 

Brokerage, clearance and distribution fees

 

141

 

131

 

Occupancy

 

141

 

119

 

Professional fees

 

72

 

62

 

Business development

 

60

 

53

 

Other

 

69

 

53

 

Total non-personnel expenses

 

711

 

618

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

2,910

 

2,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

1,551

 

1,306

 

Provision for income taxes

 

513

 

431

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

1,038

 

$

875

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

47

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,085

 

$

875

 

Net income applicable to common stock

 

$

1,069

 

$

856

 

Earnings per basic share:

 

 

 

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

3.75

 

$

3.07

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

0.17

 

 

Earnings per basic share

 

$

3.92

 

$

3.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted share:

 

 

 

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

3.50

 

$

2.91

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

0.16

 

 

Earnings per diluted share

 

$

3.66

 

$

2.91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends paid per common share

 

$

0.24

 

$

0.20

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT of FINANCIAL CONDITION

(Unaudited)

 

In millions

 

February 28,
2006

 

November 30,
2005

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,682

 

$

4,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes

 

5,569

 

5,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned (includes $41,501 in 2006 and $36,369 in 2005 pledged as collateral)

 

191,630

 

177,438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities received as collateral

 

5,001

 

4,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

110,005

 

106,209

 

Securities borrowed

 

88,891

 

78,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

5,917

 

7,454

 

Customers

 

13,986

 

12,887

 

Others

 

1,429

 

1,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,566 in 2006 and $1,448 in 2005)

 

2,966

 

2,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

4,438

 

4,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of $271 in 2006 and $257 in 2005)

 

3,282

 

3,256

 

Total assets

 

$

439,796

 

$

410,063

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4



 

In millions, except per share data

 

February 28,
2006

 

November 30,
2005

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

4,807

 

$

2,941

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased

 

115,195

 

110,577

 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

5,001

 

4,975

 

Collateralized financings:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

133,600

 

116,155

 

Securities loaned

 

15,246

 

13,154

 

Other secured borrowings

 

18,363

 

23,116

 

Payables:

 

 

 

 

 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

2,254

 

1,870

 

Customers

 

53,483

 

47,210

 

Accrued liabilities and other payables

 

8,258

 

10,962

 

Long-term borrowings (includes $6,210 in 2006 at fair value)

 

66,096

 

62,309

 

Total liabilities

 

422,303

 

393,269

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

1,095

 

1,095

 

Common stock, $0.10 par value; Shares authorized: 600,000,000 in 2006 and 2005; Shares issued: 303,568,973 in 2006 and 302,668,973 in 2005; Shares outstanding: 269,151,459 in 2006 and 271,437,103 in 2005

 

30

 

30

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

8,747

 

6,314

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (net of tax)

 

(16

)

(16

)

Retained earnings

 

13,192

 

12,198

 

Common stock held in RSU trust

 

(1,448

)

(1,510

)

Other stockholders’ equity, net

 

 

2,275

 

Common stock in treasury, at cost: 34,417,514 shares in 2006 and 31,231,870 shares in 2005

 

(4,107

)

(3,592

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total common stockholders’ equity

 

16,398

 

15,699

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

17,493

 

16,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

439,796

 

$

410,063

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT of CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

In millions
Quarter ended February 28

 

2006

 

2005

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,085

 

$

875

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

122

 

107

 

Tax benefit from the issuance of stock-based awards

 

 

165

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

249

 

168

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(47

)

 

Other adjustments

 

(69

)

14

 

Net change in:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes

 

175

 

(193

)

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned

 

(13,444

)

(8,890

)

Resale agreements, net of repurchase agreements

 

13,649

 

7,334

 

Securities borrowed, net of securities loaned

 

(8,344

)

(7,238

)

Other secured borrowings

 

(4,753

)

(281

)

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

1,537

 

(154

)

Receivables from customers

 

(1,099

)

963

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased

 

4,599

 

665

 

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

 

384

 

2,103

 

Payables to customers

 

6,273

 

3,101

 

Accrued liabilities and other payables

 

(2,861

)

(1,728

)

Other operating assets and liabilities, net

 

 

(15

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(2,544

)

(3,004

)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative contracts with a financing element

 

19

 

263

 

Tax benefit from the issuance of stock-based awards

 

217

 

 

Issuance of short-term borrowings, net

 

1,866

 

222

 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

 

7,514

 

6,915

 

Principal payments of long-term borrowings

 

(4,492

)

(3,642

)

Issuance of common stock

 

58

 

79

 

Issuance of treasury stock

 

210

 

386

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(766

)

(589

)

Dividends paid

 

(87

)

(76

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

4,539

 

3,558

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

 

(123

)

(63

)

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

(90

)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(213

)

(63

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

1,782

 

491

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

4,900

 

5,440

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

6,682

 

$

5,931

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid totaled $5,928 and $3,755 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid totaled $261 and $289 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

6




 

Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” “Lehman Brothers,” “we,” “us” or “our”). We are one of the leading global investment banks serving institutional, corporate, government and high-net-worth individual clients. Our worldwide headquarters in New York and regional headquarters in London and Tokyo are complemented by offices in additional locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, Latin America and the Asia Pacific region. We are engaged primarily in providing financial services. The principal U.S., European, and Asian subsidiaries of Holdings are Lehman Brothers Inc. (“LBI”), a U.S. registered broker-dealer, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (“LBIE”), an authorized investment firm in the United Kingdom and Lehman Brothers Japan (“LBJ”), a registered securities company in Japan, respectively.

 

These Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) with respect to Form 10-Q and reflect all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. Pursuant to such rules and regulations, certain footnote disclosures that normally are required under generally accepted accounting principles are omitted. These Consolidated Financial Statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto (the “2005 Consolidated Financial Statements”) included in Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005 (the “Form 10-K”). The Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at November 30, 2005 included in this Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 was derived from the 2005 Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior-period amounts reflect reclassifications to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

The nature of our business is such that the results of any interim period may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and may not be indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year.

 

Use of Estimates

 

Generally accepted accounting principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management estimates are required in determining the valuation of inventory positions, particularly over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, certain commercial mortgage loans and investments in real estate, certain high-yield positions, private equity and other principal investments, and non-investment-grade interests in securitizations. Additionally, significant management estimates are required in assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business acquisition, the accounting treatment of QSPEs and VIEs, the outcome of litigation, the fair value of equity-based compensation awards and determining the allocation of the cost of acquired businesses to identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Management believes the estimates used in preparing the financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

Consolidation Accounting Policies

 

Operating companies. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (revised December 2003)—an interpretation of ARB No. 51” (“FIN 46(R)”), defines the criteria necessary to be considered an operating company (i.e., a voting-interest entity) for which the consolidation accounting guidance of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 94, “Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries” (“SFAS 94”) should be applied. As required by SFAS 94, we consolidate operating companies in which we have a controlling financial interest. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority of the voting interest. FIN 46(R) defines operating companies as businesses that have sufficient legal equity to absorb the entities’ expected losses (presumed to require minimum 10% equity) and, in each case, for which the equity holders have substantive voting rights and participate substantively in the gains and losses of such entities. Operating companies in which we exercise significant influence but do not control are accounted for under the equity method. Significant influence generally is deemed to exist when we own 20% to 50% of the voting equity of a corporation, or when we hold at least 3% of a limited partnership interest.

 

8



 

Special purpose entities. Special purpose entities (“SPEs”) are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. SPEs by their nature generally do not provide equity owners with significant voting powers because the SPE documents govern all material decisions. There are two types of SPEs: qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”) and variable interest entities (“VIEs”).

 

A QSPE generally can be described as an entity whose permitted activities are limited to passively holding financial assets and distributing cash flows to investors based on pre-set terms. Our primary involvement with SPEs relates to securitization transactions in which transferred assets, including mortgages, loans, receivables and other assets, are sold to an SPE that qualifies as a QSPE under SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (“SFAS 140”). In accordance with SFAS 140 we do not consolidate QSPEs. Rather, we recognize only the interests in the QSPEs we continue to hold, if any. We account for such interests at fair value.

 

Certain SPEs do not meet the QSPE criteria because their permitted activities are not sufficiently limited or because the assets are not deemed qualifying financial instruments (e.g., real estate). Such SPEs are referred to as VIEs and we typically use them to create securities with a unique risk profile desired by investors, as a means of intermediating financial risk or to make an investment in real estate. In the normal course of business we may establish VIEs, sell assets to VIEs, underwrite, distribute, and make a market in securities issued by VIEs, transact derivatives with VIEs, own interests in VIEs, and provide liquidity or other guarantees to VIEs. Under FIN 46(R), we are required to consolidate a VIE if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of such entity. The primary beneficiary is the party that has either a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns of such entity, as defined.

 

For a further discussion of our securitization activities and our involvement with VIEs see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Revenue Recognition Policies

 

Principal transactions. Financial instruments classified as Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased (both of which are recorded on a trade-date basis) are valued at market or fair value, as appropriate, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Investment banking. Underwriting revenues, net of related underwriting expenses, and revenues for merger and acquisition advisory and other investment-banking-related services are recognized when services for the transactions are completed. Direct costs associated with advisory services are recorded as non-personnel expenses, net of client reimbursements.

 

Commissions. Commissions primarily include fees from executing and clearing client transactions on stocks, options and futures markets worldwide. These fees are recognized on a trade-date basis.

 

Interest and dividends revenue and interest expense. We recognize contractual interest on Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased on an accrual basis as a component of Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense, respectively. Interest flows on derivative transactions are included as part of the mark-to-market valuation of these contracts in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income and are not recognized as a component of interest revenue or expense. We account for our secured financing activities and short- and long-term borrowings on an accrual basis with related interest recorded as interest revenue or interest expense, as applicable.

 

Asset management and other. Investment advisory fees are recorded as earned. Generally, high-net-worth and institutional clients are charged or billed quarterly based on the account’s net asset value at the end of a quarter. Investment advisory and administrative fees earned from our mutual fund business (the “Funds”) are charged monthly to the Funds based on average daily net assets under management. In certain circumstances, we receive asset management incentive fees when the return on assets under management exceeds specified benchmarks. Such incentive fees generally are based on investment performance over a twelve-month period and are not subject to adjustment after the measurement period ends. Accordingly, such incentive fees are recognized when the measurement period ends. We receive private equity incentive fees when the return on certain private equity funds’ investments exceeds specified threshold returns. Such incentive fees typically are based on investment periods in

 

9



 

excess of one year, and future investment underperformance could require amounts previously distributed to us to be returned to the funds. Accordingly, these incentive fees are recognized when all material contingencies have been substantially resolved.

 

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions

 

Financial instruments classified as Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, including loans, and Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased are recognized on a trade-date basis and are carried at market or fair value, or amounts which approximate fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Lending commitments also are recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains or losses recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

We follow the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Audit and Accounting Guide, “Brokers and Dealers in Securities” (the “Guide”) when determining market or fair value for financial instruments. Market value generally is determined based on listed prices or broker quotes. In certain instances, such price quotations may be deemed unreliable when the instruments are thinly traded or when we hold a substantial block of a particular security and the listed price is not deemed to be readily realizable. In accordance with the Guide, in these instances we determine fair value based on management’s best estimate, giving appropriate consideration to reported prices and the extent of public trading in similar securities, the discount from the listed price associated with the cost at the date of acquisition, and the size of the position held in relation to the liquidity in the market, among other factors. When listed prices or broker quotes are not available, we determine fair value based on pricing models or other valuation techniques, including the use of implied pricing from similar instruments. We typically use pricing models to derive fair value based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows including adjustments, when appropriate, for liquidity, credit and/or other factors. We account for real estate positions held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value with gains or losses recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

All firm-owned securities pledged to counterparties that have the right, by contract or custom, to sell or repledge the securities are classified as Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, and are disclosed as pledged as collateral, as required by SFAS 140.

 

Derivative financial instruments. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on an underlying asset (e.g., Treasury bond), index (e.g., S&P 500) or reference rate (e.g., LIBOR), and include futures, forwards, swaps, option contracts, or other financial instruments with similar characteristics. A derivative contract generally represents a future commitment to exchange interest payment streams or currencies based on the contract or notional amount or to purchase or sell other financial instruments at specified terms on a specified date. OTC derivative products are privately-negotiated contractual agreements that can be tailored to meet individual client needs and include forwards, swaps and certain options including caps, collars and floors. Exchange-traded derivative products are standardized contracts transacted through regulated exchanges and include futures and certain option contracts listed on an exchange.

 

Derivatives are recorded at market or fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of offset exists, and are netted across products when such provisions are stated in the master netting agreement. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. Derivatives often are referred to as off-balance-sheet instruments because neither their notional amounts nor the underlying instruments are reflected as assets or liabilities of the Company. Instead, the market or fair values related to the derivative transactions are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as assets or liabilities, in Derivatives and other contractual agreements, as applicable. Margin on futures contracts is included in receivables and payables from/to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, as applicable. Changes in fair values of derivatives are recorded in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Market or fair value generally is determined either by quoted market prices (for exchange-traded futures and options) or pricing models (for swaps, forwards and options). Pricing models use a series of market inputs to determine the present value of future cash flows with adjustments, as required, for credit risk and liquidity risk. Credit-related valuation adjustments incorporate historical experience and estimates of expected losses. Additional valuation adjustments may be recorded, as deemed appropriate, for new or complex products or for positions with significant concentrations. These adjustments are integral components of the mark-to-market process.

 

10



 

We follow Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved In Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities” (“EITF 02-3”) when marking to market our derivative contracts. Under EITF 02-3, recognition of a trading profit at inception of a derivative transaction is prohibited unless the fair value of that derivative is obtained from a quoted market price, supported by comparison to other observable market transactions or based on a valuation technique incorporating observable market data. Subsequent to the transaction date, we recognize trading profits deferred at inception of the derivative transaction in the period in which the valuation of such instrument becomes observable.

 

As an end user, we primarily use derivatives to modify the interest rate characteristics of our long-term debt and secured financing activities. We also use equity derivatives to hedge our exposure to equity price risk embedded in certain of our debt obligations and foreign exchange forwards to manage the currency exposure related to our net investment in non-U.S.-dollar functional currency operations (collectively, “End-User Derivative Activities”). In many hedging relationships both the derivative and the hedged item are marked to market through earnings (“fair value hedge”). In these instances, the hedge relationship is highly effective and the mark to market on the derivative and the hedged item virtually offset. Certain derivatives embedded in long-term debt are bifurcated from the debt and marked to market through earnings.

 

We use fair value hedges primarily to convert a substantial portion of our fixed-rate debt and certain long-term secured financing activities to floating interest rates. Any hedge ineffectiveness in these relationships is recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Gains or losses from revaluing foreign exchange contracts associated with hedging our net investments in non-U.S.-dollar functional currency operations are reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income in Stockholders’ equity. Unrealized receivables/payables resulting from the mark to market of end-user derivatives are included in Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned or Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased.

 

Private equity investments. We carry our private equity investments, including our partnership interests, at fair value. Certain of our private equity positions are less liquid and often contain trading restrictions. Fair value is determined based upon our assessment of the underlying investments incorporating valuations that consider expected cash flows, earnings multiples and/or comparisons to similar market transactions. Valuation adjustments reflecting consideration of credit quality, concentration risk, sales restrictions and other liquidity factors are an integral part of pricing these instruments.

 

Securitization Activities. In accordance with SFAS 140, we recognize transfers of financial assets as sales provided control has been relinquished. Control is deemed to be relinquished only when all of the following conditions have been met: (i) the assets have been isolated from the transferor, even in bankruptcy or other receivership (true-sale opinions are required); (ii) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the assets received and (iii) the transferor has not maintained effective control over the transferred assets (e.g., a unilateral ability to repurchase a unique or specific asset).

 

Securities Received as Collateral and Obligation to Return Securities Received as Collateral

 

When we act as the lender of securities in a securities-lending agreement and we receive securities that can be pledged or sold as collateral, we recognize in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition an asset, representing the securities received (Securities received as collateral) and a liability, representing the obligation to return those securities (Obligation to return securities received as collateral).

 

Secured Financing Activities

 

Repurchase and resale agreements. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are treated as financing transactions for financial reporting purposes, are collateralized primarily by government and government agency securities and are carried net by counterparty, when permitted, at the amounts at which the securities subsequently will be resold or repurchased plus accrued interest. It is our policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. We monitor the market value of the underlying positions on a daily basis compared with the related receivable or payable balances, including accrued interest. We require counterparties to deposit additional collateral or return collateral pledged, as necessary, to ensure the market value of the underlying collateral remains sufficient. Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned that are financed under repurchase agreements are carried at market value, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

11



 

We use interest rate swaps as an end-user to modify the interest rate exposure associated with certain fixed-rate resale and repurchase agreements. We adjust the carrying value of these secured financing transactions that have been designated as the hedged item.

 

Securities borrowed and loaned. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are carried at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus accrued interest. It is our policy to value the securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis and to obtain additional cash as necessary to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized.

 

Other secured borrowings. Other secured borrowings principally reflects non-recourse financing, and is recorded at contractual amounts plus accrued interest.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Buildings are depreciated up to a maximum of 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the terms of the underlying leases, ranging up to 30 years. Equipment, furniture and fixtures are depreciated over periods of up to 15 years. Internal-use software that qualifies for capitalization under AICPA Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use,” is capitalized and subsequently amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, generally three years, with a maximum of seven years. We review long-lived assets for impairment periodically and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts of the assets may be impaired. If the expected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value of such asset exceeded its fair value.

 

Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their expected useful lives. Identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill are not amortized. Instead, these assets are evaluated at least annually for impairment. Goodwill is reduced upon the recognition of certain acquired net operating loss carryforward benefits.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

In 2004, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation–Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123” (“SFAS 123”) using the prospective adoption method. Under this method of adoption, compensation expense was recognized over the related service periods based on the fair value of stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted for 2004 and future years. Under SFAS 123, stock options granted in periods prior to fiscal 2004 continued to be accounted for under the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). Accordingly under SFAS 123 no compensation expense was recognized for stock option awards granted prior to fiscal 2004 because the exercise price equaled or exceeded the market value of our common stock on the grant date.

 

On December 1, 2005 we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”) using the modified-prospective transition method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, December 1, 2005, (including pre-2004 options) based on the grant-date fair value and related service period estimates in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123 and (b) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted subsequent to December 1, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value and related service periods estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). Under the provisions of the modified-prospective transition method, results for the three months ended February 28, 2005 have not been restated.

 

SFAS 123(R) clarifies and expands the guidance in SFAS 123 in several areas, including measuring fair value and attributing compensation cost to reporting periods. Changes to SFAS 123 fair value measurement and service period provisions prescribed by SFAS 123(R) include a requirement to: (a) estimate forfeitures of share-based awards at the date of grant, rather than recognizing forfeitures as incurred as permitted by SFAS 123; (b) expense share-based awards granted to retirement eligible employees and those employees with non-substantive non-compete agreements immediately, whereas our accounting practice under SFAS 123 was to recognize such costs over the expected

 

12



 

service period, (c) attribute compensation costs of share-based award grants to the stated future vesting period, whereas our accounting practice under SFAS 123 included a partial attribution of compensation costs of share-based awards to services performed during the year of grant and (d) recognize compensation cost of all share-based awards based upon the grant-date fair value (including pre-2004 options), rather than our accounting methodology under SFAS 123 which continued to recognize pre-2004 option grants based upon their intrinsic value. See “Accounting Changes and Other Accounting Developments” below for a further discussion of SFAS 123(R) and the cumulative effect of an accounting change recognized in the first quarter of 2006.

 

Earnings per Share

 

We compute earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share.” Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, which includes restricted stock units for which service has been provided. Diluted EPS includes the components of basic EPS and also includes the dilutive effects of restricted stock units for which service has not yet been provided and employee stock options. See Notes 7 and 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about EPS.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). We recognize the current and deferred tax consequences of all transactions that have been recognized in the financial statements using the provisions of the enacted tax laws. Deferred tax assets are recognized for temporary differences that will result in deductible amounts in future years and for tax loss carry-forwards. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that more likely than not will be realized. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will result in taxable income in future years. Contingent liabilities related to income taxes are recorded when probable and reasonably estimable in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”

 

Cash Equivalents

 

Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments not held for resale with maturities of three months or less when we acquire them.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries having non-U.S.-dollar functional currencies are translated at exchange rates at the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. The gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars, net of hedging gains or losses and taxes, are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of Stockholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Accounting Changes and Other Accounting Developments

 

SFAS 123(R). On December 1, 2005 we adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified-prospective transition method. As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R), we recognized an after-tax gain of $47 million ($84 million pre-tax) or $0.16 per diluted common share, as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle attributable to the requirement to estimate forfeitures at the grant date instead of recognizing them as incurred. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not otherwise have a material effect on our 2006 consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended February 28, 2006, and is not expected to otherwise have a material effect on our fiscal 2006 consolidated financial statements.

 

Prior to adopting SFAS 123(R) we presented the cash flows related to income tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized on stock issued under RSUs and stock options exercised during the period (“excess tax benefits”) as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. SFAS 123(R) requires excess tax benefits to be classified as financing cash flows. The $217 million excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 would have been classified as an operating cash inflow if we had not adopted SFAS 123(R).

 

13



 

In addition, as a result of adopting SFAS 123(R), certain balance sheet amounts associated with share-based compensation costs have been reclassified within the equity section of the balance sheet. This change in presentation had no net effect on our total equity. Effective December 1, 2005, Deferred stock compensation (representing unearned costs of RSU awards) and Common stock issuable are presented on a net basis, with the net amount being reclassified into Additional paid-in capital.

 

See “Share-Based Compensation” above and Note 9, “Share-Based Employee Incentive Plans,” for additional information.

 

SFAS 155. We issue structured notes (also referred to as hybrid instruments) for which the interest rates and/or principal payments are linked to the performance of an underlying measure (including single securities, baskets of securities, commodities, currencies, or credit events). Through November 30, 2005, we assessed the payment components of these instruments to determine if the embedded derivative required separate accounting under SFAS 133, and if so, the embedded derivative was bifurcated from the host debt instrument and accounted for at fair value and reported in long-term borrowings along with the related host debt instrument which was accounted for on an amortized cost basis.

 

In February 2006 the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 155”). SFAS 155 permits fair value measurement of any structured note that contains an embedded derivative that would require bifurcation under SFAS 133. Such fair value measurement election is permitted on an instrument by instrument basis. We elected to early adopt SFAS 155 as of December 1, 2005, and we have applied SFAS 155 fair value measurement to all structured notes issued after November 30, 2005 as well as certain structured notes that existed at November 30, 2005. The effect of this adoption resulted in a $24 million after-tax decrease ($43 million pre-tax) to opening retained earnings as of December 1, 2005, representing the difference between the fair value of these structured notes and our prior carrying value as of November 30, 2005. The net after-tax adjustment included structured notes that had gross gains of $18 million ($32 million pre-tax) and gross losses of $42 million ($75 million pre-tax). This change in accounting principle did not have a material effect on our 2006 consolidated financial statements.

 

SFAS 156. In March 2006 the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” (“SFAS 156”). SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140 with respect to the accounting for separately-recognized servicing assets and liabilities. SFAS 156 requires all separately-recognized servicing assets and liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, and permits companies to elect, on a class-by-class basis, to account for servicing assets and liabilities on either a lower of cost or market value basis or a fair value measurement basis.

 

We elected to early adopt SFAS 156 as of December 1, 2005 and to measure all classes of servicing assets at fair value. Servicing assets and liabilities at November 30, 2005 were accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or market value basis. As a result of adopting SFAS 156, we recognized an $18 million after-tax increase ($33 million pre-tax) to opening retained earnings as of December 1, 2005, representing the effect of remeasuring all servicing assets and liabilities that existed at November 30, 2005 from a lower of amortized cost or market basis to a fair value basis. This change in accounting principle did not have a material effect on our 2006 consolidated financial statements.

 

See Note 3, “Securitizations and Other Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements,” for additional information.

 

EITF Issue No. 04-5. In June 2005 the FASB ratified the consensus reached in EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights” (“EITF 04-5”) which requires general partners (or managing members in the case of limited liability companies) to consolidate their partnerships or to provide limited partners with rights to remove the general partner or to terminate the partnership. As the general partner of numerous private equity, merchant banking and asset management partnerships, we adopted EITF 04-5 immediately for partnerships formed or modified after June 29, 2005. For partnerships formed on or before June 29, 2005 that have not been modified, we are required to adopt EITF 04-5 on December 1, 2006 in a manner similar to a cumulative-effect-type adjustment or by retrospective application. We do not expect adoption of EITF 04-5 for partnerships formed on or before June 29, 2005 that have not been modified will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

14



 

Note 2 Financial Instruments

 

Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased were comprised of the following:

 

In millions

 

Owned

 

Sold But Not
Yet Purchased

 

February 28 and November 30

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

Mortgages, mortgage-backed and real estate inventory positions

 

$

60,785

 

$

62,216

 

$

69

 

$

63

 

Government and agencies

 

41,175

 

30,079

 

65,137

 

64,743

 

Corporate equities

 

34,282

 

33,426

 

26,424

 

21,018

 

Corporate debt and other

 

32,100

 

30,182

 

7,908

 

8,997

 

Derivatives and other contractual agreements

 

16,614

 

18,045

 

15,071

 

15,560

 

Certificates of deposit and other money market instruments

 

6,674

 

3,490

 

586

 

196

 

 

 

$

191,630

 

$

177,438

 

$

115,195

 

$

110,577

 

 

Mortgages, Mortgage-backed and Real Estate Inventory Positions

 

Mortgages and mortgage-backed positions include mortgage loans (both residential and commercial), non-agency mortgage-backed securities and real estate investments held for sale. We originate residential and commercial mortgage loans as part of our mortgage trading and securitization activities and are a market leader in mortgage-backed securities trading. We securitized approximately $34 billion and $25 billion of residential mortgage loans for the three months ended February 28, 2006 and 2005, respectively, including both originated loans and those we acquired in the secondary market. We originated approximately $16 billion and $20 billion of residential mortgage loans for the three months ended February 28, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, we originated approximately $8 billion and $4 billion of commercial mortgage loans for the three months ended February 28, 2006 and 2005, respectively, the majority of which has been sold through securitization or syndication activities. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our securitization activities. We record mortgage loans at fair value, with related mark-to-market gains and losses recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we owned approximately $7.6 billion and $7.9 billion, respectively, of real estate held for sale. Our net investment position after giving effect to non-recourse financing was $4.5 billion and $4.8 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into derivative transactions both in a trading capacity and as an end-user. Our derivative activities (both trading and end-user) are recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. Acting in a trading capacity, we enter into derivative transactions to satisfy the needs of our clients and to manage our own exposure to market and credit risks resulting from our trading activities (collectively, “Trading-Related Derivative Activities”). As an end-user, we primarily enter into interest rate swap and option contracts to adjust the interest rate nature of our funding sources from fixed to floating rates and to change the index on which floating interest rates are based (e.g., Prime to LIBOR).

 

Derivatives are subject to various risks similar to other financial instruments, including market, credit and operational risk. In addition, we may be exposed to legal risks related to derivative activities, including the possibility a transaction may be unenforceable under applicable law. The risks of derivatives should not be viewed in isolation, but rather should be considered on an aggregate basis along with our other trading-related activities. We manage the risks associated with derivatives on an aggregate basis along with the risks associated with proprietary trading and market-making activities in cash instruments, as part of our firmwide risk management policies.

 

We record derivative contracts at fair value with realized and unrealized gains and losses recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts are

 

15



 

recorded on a net basis in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition for those transactions with counterparties executed under a legally enforceable master netting agreement and are netted across products when such provisions are stated in the master netting agreement. We offer equity, fixed income and foreign exchange derivative products to clients. Because of the integrated nature of the market for such products, each product area trades cash instruments as well as derivative products.

 

The following table presents the fair value of derivatives at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005. Assets included in the table represent unrealized gains, net of unrealized losses, for situations in which we have a master netting agreement. Similarly, liabilities represent net amounts owed to counterparties. The fair value of assets/liabilities related to derivative contracts at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005 represents our net receivable/payable for derivative financial instruments before consideration of securities collateral. At both February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the fair value of derivative assets included $2.6 billion related to exchange-traded option and warrant contracts.

 

Fair Value of Derivatives and Other Contractual Agreements

 

 

 

February 28,
2006

 

November 30,
2005

 

In millions

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Interest rate, currency and credit default swaps and options

 

$

8,233

 

$

6,954

 

$

8,273

 

$

7,128

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

 

1,194

 

1,557

 

1,970

 

2,004

 

Other fixed income securities contracts (including TBAs and forwards)

 

1,651

 

593

 

2,241

 

896

 

Equity contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

 

5,536

 

5,967

 

5,561

 

5,532

 

 

 

$

16,614

 

$

15,071

 

$

18,045

 

$

15,560

 

 

The primary difference in risks between OTC and exchange-traded contracts is credit risk. OTC contracts contain credit risk for unrealized gains, net of collateral, from various counterparties for the duration of the contract. With respect to OTC contracts, we view our net credit exposure to be $9.8 billion at February 28, 2006 and $10.5 billion at November 30, 2005, representing the fair value of OTC contracts in an unrealized gain position, after consideration of collateral. Counterparties to our OTC derivative products primarily are U.S. and foreign banks, securities firms, corporations, governments and their agencies, finance companies, insurance companies, investment companies and pension funds. Collateral held related to OTC contracts generally includes U.S. government and federal agency securities.

 

We also are subject to credit risk related to exchange-traded derivative contracts. Exchange-traded contracts, including futures and certain options, are transacted directly on exchanges. To protect against the potential for a default, all exchange clearinghouses impose net capital requirements for their membership. Additionally, exchange clearinghouses require counterparties to futures contracts to post margin upon the origination of the contracts and for any changes in the market value of the contracts on a daily basis. Therefore, the potential for credit losses from exchange-traded products is limited.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

A substantial portion of our securities transactions are collateralized and are executed with, and on behalf of, commercial banks and other institutional investors, including other brokers and dealers. Our exposure to credit risk associated with the non-performance of these clients and counterparties in fulfilling their contractual obligations pursuant to securities transactions can be directly affected by volatile or illiquid trading markets, which may impair the ability of clients and counterparties to satisfy their obligations to us.

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned include U.S. government and agency securities, and securities issued by non-U.S. governments, which in the aggregate represented 9% of total assets at February 28, 2006. In addition, collateral held for resale agreements represented approximately 25% of total assets at February 28, 2006, and primarily consisted of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or non-U.S. governments. Our most significant industry concentration is financial institutions, which includes other brokers and dealers, commercial banks and institutional clients. This concentration arises in the normal course of business.

 

16



 

Note 3 Securitizations and Other Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

We are a market leader in mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations and other structured financing arrangements. In connection with our securitization activities, we use SPEs primarily for the securitization of commercial and residential mortgages, home equity loans, municipal and corporate bonds, and lease and trade receivables. The majority of our involvement with SPEs relates to securitization transactions meeting the SFAS 140 definition of a QSPE. Based on the guidance in SFAS 140, we do not consolidate such QSPEs. We derecognize financial assets transferred in securitizations, provided we have relinquished control over such assets. We may continue to hold an interest in the financial assets we securitize (“interests in securitizations”), which may include assets in the form of residual interests in the SPEs established to facilitate the securitization. Interests in securitizations are included in Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned (primarily Mortgages and mortgage-backed) in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. For further information regarding the accounting for securitization transactions, refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Consolidation Accounting Policies.”

 

For the three months ended February 28, 2006 and 2005, we securitized approximately $37 billion and $30 billion of financial assets, including approximately $34 billion and $25 billion of residential mortgages, $2 billion of commercial mortgages for both periods, and $1 billion and $3 billion of municipal and other asset-backed financial instruments, respectively. At both February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we had approximately $700 million of non-investment grade interests from our securitization activities (primarily junior security interests in securitizations), comprised of $600 million and $500 million of residential mortgages, respectively, and $100 million and $200 million of municipal and other asset-backed financial instruments, respectively. We record inventory positions held prior to securitization, including residential and commercial loans, at fair value, as well as any interests held post-securitization. Mark-to-market gains or losses are recorded in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Fair value is determined based on listed market prices, if available. When market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on valuation pricing models that take into account relevant factors such as discount, credit and prepayment assumptions, and also considers comparisons to similar market transactions.

 

The following table presents the fair value of our interests in securitizations at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the key economic assumptions used in measuring the fair value of such interests, and the sensitivity of the fair value of such interests to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in the valuation assumptions, as well as the cash flows received on such interests in the securitizations.

 

17



 

Securitization Activity

 

 

 

February 28, 2006

 

November 30, 2005

 

 

 

Residential Mortgages

 

 

 

Residential Mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

Muni

 

 

 

Non-

 

Muni

 

 

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

and

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

and

 

Dollars in millions

 

Grade

 

Grade

 

Other

 

Grade

 

Grade

 

Other

 

Interests in securitizations (in billions)

 

$

5.5

 

$

0.6

 

$

0.5

 

$

6.4

 

$

0.5

 

$

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average life (years)

 

6

 

4

 

13

 

6

 

5

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average CPR (1)

 

20.0

 

29.6

 

1.5

 

20.8

 

28.2

 

1.9

 

Effect of 10% adverse change

 

$

15

 

$

 

$

 

$

11

 

$

10

 

$

 

Effect of 20% adverse change

 

$

35

 

$

 

$

 

$

28

 

$

18

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average credit loss assumption

 

0.2

%

1.3

%

0.2

%

0.2

%

1.2

%

0.3

%

Effect of a 10% adverse change

 

$

4

 

$

33

 

$

6

 

$

2

 

$

23

 

$

5

 

Effect of a 20% adverse change

 

$

14

 

$

74

 

$

12

 

$

6

 

$

44

 

$

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate

 

6

%

18

%

6

%

7

%

15

%

6

%

Effect of a 10% adverse change

 

$

147

 

$

39

 

$

48

 

$

155

 

$

22

 

$

41

 

Effect of a 20% adverse change

 

$

286

 

$

70

 

$

89

 

$

307

 

$

41

 

$

74

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended February 28, 2006

 

Year ended November 30, 2005

 

Cash flows received on interests in securitizations

 

$

198

 

$

51

 

$

26

 

$

625

 

$

138

 

$

188

 

 


(1)   Constant prepayment rate.

 

The sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and should be used with caution because the stresses are performed without considering the effect of hedges, which serve to reduce our actual risk. In addition, these results are calculated by stressing a particular economic assumption independent of changes in any other assumption (as required by U.S. GAAP); in reality, changes in one factor often result in changes in another factor (for example, changes in discount rates will often affect expected prepayment speeds). Further, changes in the fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in an assumption should not be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.

 

Mortgage servicing rights. Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) represent the Company’s right to a future stream of cash flows based upon the contractual servicing fee associated with servicing mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. Our MSRs generally arise from the securitization of residential mortgage loans that we originate. MSRs are included in “Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned” on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the Company has MSRs of approximately $656 million and $561 million, respectively.

 

Effective with our early adoption of SFAS 156, beginning as of December 1, 2005 MSRs are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in earnings in the period in which the change occurs. On or before November 30, 2005, MSRs were carried at the lower of amortized cost or market value. The effect of this change in accounting from lower of amortized cost or market value to fair value has been reported as a cumulative effect adjustment to December 1, 2005 retained earnings, resulting in an increase of $18 million after-tax ($33 million pre-tax). See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Accounting Changes and Other Accounting Developments,” for additional information.

 

The determination of fair value of our MSRs requires management judgment because they are not actively traded. The determination of fair value for MSRs requires valuation processes which combine the use of discounted cash flow models and extensive analysis of current market data to arrive at an estimate of fair value. The cash flow and prepayment assumptions used in our discounted cash flow model are based on empirical data drawn from the historical performance of our MSRs, which we believe are consistent with assumptions used by market participants

 

18



 

valuing similar MSRs, and from data obtained on the performance of similar MSRs. The key assumptions used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds and the discount rate. These variables can, and generally will, change from quarter to quarter as market conditions and projected interest rates change.

 

MSR activities for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 are as follows:

 

In millions
Quarter ended February 28, 2006

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

561

 

Additions, net

 

126

 

Changes in fair value

 

 

 

Resulting from changes in valuation assumptions

 

(25

)

Paydowns/servicing fees

 

(39

)

Change due to SFAS 156

 

33

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

656

 

 

The following table shows the main assumptions we used to determine the fair value of our MSRs at February 28, 2006 and the sensitivity of our MSRs to changes in these assumptions.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

Dollars in millions

 

 

 

February 28, 2006

 

 

 

Weighted-average prepayment speed (CPR)

 

27

 

Effect of 10% adverse change

 

$

44

 

Effect of 20% adverse change

 

$

81

 

Discount rate

 

9

%

Effect of 10% adverse change

 

$

18

 

Effect of 20% adverse change

 

$

35

 

 

The above sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and should be used with caution because the stresses are performed without considering the effect of hedges, which serve to reduce our actual risk. In addition, these results are calculated by stressing a particular economic assumption independent of changes in any other assumption (as required by U.S. GAAP); in reality, changes in one factor often result in changes in another factor (for example, changes in discount rates will often affect expected prepayment speeds). Further, changes in the fair value based on a variation in an assumption should not be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear.

 

The key risks inherent with MSRs are prepayment speed and changes in interest rates. We mitigate the income statement effect of changes in fair value of our MSRs by entering into hedging transactions, which serve to reduce our actual risk.

 

Contractual servicing fees received in 2006 were approximately $84 million and are classified as Principal Transactions Revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Non-QSPE activities. Substantially all of our securitization activities are transacted through QSPEs, including residential and commercial mortgage securitizations. However, we also are actively involved with SPEs that do not meet the QSPE criteria due to their permitted activities not being sufficiently limited or because the assets are not deemed qualifying financial instruments (e.g., real estate). Our involvement with such SPEs includes collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), credit-linked notes and other structured financing transactions designed to meet clients’ investing or financing needs.

 

A CDO transaction involves the purchase by an SPE of a diversified portfolio of securities and/or loans that are then managed by an independent asset manager. Interests in the SPE (debt and equity) are sold to third party investors. Our primary role is limited to acting as structuring and placement agent, warehouse provider, underwriter and market maker in the related CDO securities. In a typical CDO, at the direction of a third party asset manager, we

 

19



 

temporarily will warehouse securities or loans on our balance sheet pending the sale to the SPE once the permanent financing is completed in the capital markets. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we owned approximately $31 million and $42 million of equity securities in CDOs, respectively. Because our investments do not represent a majority of any CDO equity class, we are not deemed the primary beneficiary of the CDOs and therefore we do not consolidate such SPEs.

 

We are a dealer in credit default swaps and, as such, we make a market in buying and selling credit protection on single issuers as well as on portfolios of credit exposures. One of the mechanisms we use to mitigate credit risk is to enter into default swaps with SPEs, in which we purchase default protection. In these transactions, the SPE issues credit-linked notes to investors and uses the proceeds to invest in high quality collateral. We pay a premium to the SPE for assuming credit risk under the default swap. Third-party investors in these SPEs are subject to default risk associated with the referenced obligations under the default swap as well as the credit risk of the assets held by the SPE. Our maximum loss associated with our involvement with such credit-linked note transactions is the fair value of our credit default swaps with such SPEs, which amounted to $118 million and $156 million at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. In addition, our default swaps are secured by the value of the underlying investment-grade collateral held by the SPEs which was $5.5 billion and $5.7 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. Because the results of our expected loss calculations generally demonstrate the investors in the SPE bear a majority of the entity’s expected losses (because the investors assume default risk associated with both the reference portfolio and the SPE’s assets), we generally are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these transactions and therefore do not consolidate such SPEs. However, in certain credit default transactions, generally when we participate in the fixed interest rate risk associated with the underlying collateral through an interest rate swap, we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of such transaction and therefore have consolidated the SPEs. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we consolidated approximately $0.7 billion and $0.6 billion of such credit default transactions, respectively. We record the assets associated with such consolidated credit default transactions as a component of long inventory for which principally all of such assets are financed on a non-recourse basis.

 

We also invest in real estate directly through controlled subsidiaries and through variable interest entities. We consolidate our investments in variable interest real estate entities when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we consolidated approximately $4.2 billion and $4.6 billion, respectively, of real estate-related investments in VIEs for which we did not have a controlling financial interest. We record the assets associated with such consolidated real estate-related investments in VIEs as a component of Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned. After giving effect to non-recourse financing our net investment position in such consolidated VIEs was $2.6 billion and $2.9 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our real estate held for sale.

 

In addition, we enter into other transactions with SPEs designed to meet clients’ investment and/or funding needs. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about these transactions and SPE-related commitments.

 

Note 4 Securities Received and Pledged as Collateral

 

We enter into secured borrowing and lending transactions to finance inventory positions, obtain securities for settlement and meet clients’ needs. We receive collateral in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed transactions, borrow/pledge transactions, client margin loans and derivative transactions. We generally are permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, enter into securities lending transactions or deliver to counterparties to cover short positions. We carry secured financing agreements on a net basis when permitted under the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 41, “Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements” (“FIN 41”).

 

At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the fair value of securities received as collateral and Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned that have not been sold, repledged or otherwise encumbered totaled approximately $95 billion and $87 billion, respectively. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the gross fair value of securities received as collateral that we were permitted to sell or repledge was approximately $557 billion and $528 billion, respectively. Of this collateral, approximately $524 billion and $499 billion at February 28, 2006

 

20



 

and November 30, 2005, respectively, has been sold or repledged, generally as collateral under repurchase agreements or to cover Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased.

 

We also pledge our own assets, primarily to collateralize certain financing arrangements. These pledged securities, where the counterparty has the right, by contract or custom, to rehypothecate the financial instruments are classified as Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, pledged as collateral, in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as required by SFAS 140.

 

The carrying value of Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned that have been pledged or otherwise encumbered to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge was approximately $71 billion and $66 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

Note 5 Long-Term Borrowings

 

Long-term borrowings increased to $66.1 billion at February 28, 2006 from $62.3 billion at November 30, 2005 and had weighted-average maturities of 6.0 years and 5.9 years at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. Senior notes increased to $61.8 billion at February 28, 2006 from $58.6 billion at November 30, 2005, subordinated notes remained at $1.7 billion at February 28, 2006 and junior subordinated notes increased to $2.6 billion at February 28, 2006 from $2.0 billion at November 30, 2005. For additional information about payments and maturities of Long-term borrowings, see the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

Effective with our early adoption of SFAS 155, structured notes of $6.2 billion at February 28, 2006 are carried at fair value. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Accounting Changes and Other Accounting Developments,” for additional information.

 

Junior Subordinated Notes

 

Junior subordinated notes are notes issued to trusts or limited partnerships (collectively, the “Trusts”) which qualify as equity capital by leading rating agencies (subject to limitation). The Trusts were formed for the purposes of (a) issuing securities representing ownerships interests in the assets of the Trusts; (b) investing the proceeds of the Trusts in junior subordinated notes of Holdings; and (c) engaging in activities necessary and incidental thereto.

 

In February 2006, Lehman Brothers UK Capital Funding III LP, a UK limited partnership (the “UK LP”), issued in aggregate €500 million Fixed/Floating Rate Enhanced Capital Advantage Preferred Securities (the “ECAPS Securities”). A corresponding €500 million principal amount of junior subordinated notes were issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Plc to the UK LP. Distributions will accrue on the ECAPS Securities at a rate of 3.875% per annum until February 22, 2011, and thereafter at a rate equal to the 3 month EURIBOR plus 1.60% per annum. The ECAPS Securities have no mandatory redemption date, but may be redeemed at our option on the distribution payment date falling on February 22, 2011, or any distribution payment date thereafter.

 

We accounted for this transaction in accordance with FIN 46(R) and, accordingly, did not consolidate the UK LP. For a more complete description of the terms and conditions of this transaction, see Holdings’ Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 20, 2006.

 

Credit Facilities

 

We maintain an unsecured revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks under which the banks have committed to provide up to $2.0 billion through February 22, 2009. We also maintain a $1.0 billion multi-currency unsecured, committed revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks for Lehman Brothers Bankhaus AG (“LBBAG”), with a term of three and a half years expiring in April 2008. We draw upon both facilities on a regular basis (typically 25% to 30% of the time on a weighted-average basis) to provide us with additional sources of long-term funding on an as-needed basis. We have the ability to prepay and redraw any number of times and to retain the proceeds for any term up to the maturity date of the facilities. As a result, we see these facilities as having the same liquidity value as long-term borrowings with the same maturity dates, and we include the drawdowns on these facilities in our reported long-term borrowings to the extent that they are outstanding as of the reporting date.

 

As of February 28, 2006, Holdings’ credit agreement was fully drawn, with a stated maturity date of February 2009. Subsequent to quarter end, the draw was repaid in $1 billion increments on March 1 and March 7, 2006 with proceeds from long-term debt issuances. As of February 28, 2006, there were no borrowings outstanding under

 

21



 

LBBAG’s credit facility, although drawings have been made under this facility and repaid from time to time during the year. Our ability to borrow under such facilities is conditioned on complying with customary lending conditions and covenants. We have maintained compliance with the material covenants under these credit agreements at all times.

 

Note 6 Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into various commitments and guarantees, including lending commitments to high grade and high yield borrowers, private equity investment commitments, liquidity commitments and other guarantees. In all instances, we mark to market these commitments and guarantees with changes in fair value recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Lending–Related Commitments

 

The following table summarizes lending-related commitments at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period

 

Contractual Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008-

 

2010-

 

2012 and

 

February

 

November

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2007

 

2009

 

2011

 

Later

 

28, 2006

 

30, 2005

 

High grade (1)

 

$

1,938

 

$

1,994

 

$

2,885

 

$

7,510

 

$

480

 

$

14,807

 

$

14,039

 

High yield (2)

 

1,329

 

1,006

 

1,297

 

2,585

 

603

 

6,820

 

5,172

 

Investment-grade contingent acquisition facilities

 

1,468

 

 

 

 

 

1,468

 

3,915

 

Non-investment-grade contingent acquisition facilities

 

2,826

 

 

 

 

 

2,826

 

4,738

 

Mortgage commitments

 

7,326

 

489

 

326

 

150

 

1

 

8,292

 

9,417

 

Secured lending transactions, including forward starting resale and repurchase agreements

 

79,868

 

2,032

 

267

 

162

 

1,240

 

83,569

 

65,782

 

 


(1)   We view our net credit exposure for high grade commitments, after consideration of hedges, to be $5.3 billion and $5.4 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

(2)   We view our net credit exposure for high yield commitments, after consideration of hedges, to be $5.6 billion and $4.4 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

High grade and high yield. Through our high grade and high yield sales, trading and underwriting activities, we make commitments to extend credit in loan syndication transactions. We use various hedging and funding strategies to actively manage our market, credit and liquidity exposures on these commitments. We do not believe total commitments necessarily are indicative of actual risk or funding requirements because the commitments may not be drawn or fully used and such amounts are reported before consideration of hedges. These commitments and any related drawdowns of these facilities typically have fixed maturity dates and are contingent on certain representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower. We define high yield (non-investment grade) exposures as securities of or loans to companies rated BB+ or lower or equivalent ratings by recognized credit rating agencies, as well as non-rated securities or loans that, in management’s opinion, are non-investment grade. We had commitments to investment grade borrowers of $14.8 billion (net credit exposure of $5.3 billion, after consideration of hedges) and $14.0 billion (net credit exposure of $5.4 billion, after consideration of hedges) at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. We had commitments to non-investment grade borrowers of $6.8 billion (net credit exposure of $5.6 billion, after consideration of hedges) and $5.2 billion (net credit exposure of $4.4 billion, after consideration of hedges) at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

Contingent acquisition facilities. From time to time we provide contingent commitments to investment and non-investment grade counterparties related to acquisition financing. Our expectation is, and our past practice has been, to distribute our obligations under these commitments to third parties through loan syndications if the transaction closes. We do not believe these commitments are necessarily indicative of our actual risk because the borrower may not complete a contemplated acquisition or, if the borrower completes the acquisition, it often will raise funds in the capital markets instead of drawing on our commitment. Additionally, in most cases, the borrower’s ability to draw is

 

22



 

subject to there being no material adverse change in the borrower’s financial conditions, among other factors. These commitments also generally contain certain flexible pricing features to adjust for changing market conditions prior to closing. We provided contingent commitments to investment-grade counterparties related to acquisition financing of approximately $1.5 billion and $3.9 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. In addition, we provided contingent commitments to non-investment-grade counterparties related to acquisition financing of approximately $2.8 billion and $4.7 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

Mortgage commitments. Through our mortgage origination platforms we make commitments to extend mortgage loans. We use various hedging and funding strategies to actively manage our market, credit and liquidity exposures on these commitments. We do not believe total commitments necessarily are indicative of actual risk or funding requirements because the commitments may not be drawn or fully used and such amounts are reported before consideration of hedges. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we had outstanding mortgage commitments of approximately $8.3 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively, including $6.8 billion and $7.7 billion of residential mortgages and $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion of commercial mortgages. These commitments require us to originate mortgage loans at the option of a borrower generally within 90 days at fixed interest rates. We sell residential mortgage loans, once originated, primarily through securitizations. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our securitization activities.

 

Secured lending transactions. In connection with our financing activities, we had outstanding commitments under certain collateralized lending arrangements of approximately $6.6 billion and $5.7 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. These commitments require borrowers to provide acceptable collateral, as defined in the agreements, when amounts are drawn under the lending facilities. Advances made under these lending arrangements typically are at variable interest rates and generally provide for over-collateralization. In addition, at February 28, 2006, we had commitments to enter into forward starting secured resale and repurchase agreements, primarily secured by government and government agency collateral, of $45.1 billion and $31.9 billion, respectively, compared with $38.6 billion and $21.5 billion, respectively, at November 30, 2005.

 

Other Commitments and Guarantees

 

The following table summarizes other commitments and guarantees at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional/

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period

 

Maximum Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008-

 

2010-

 

2012 and

 

February

 

November

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2007

 

2009

 

2011

 

Later

 

28, 2006

 

30, 2005

 

Derivative contracts (1)

 

$

115,188

 

$

87,885

 

$

104,265

 

$

93,052

 

$

175,785

 

$

576,175

 

$

539,461

 

Municipal-securities-related commitments

 

615

 

235

 

634

 

91

 

2,779

 

4,354

 

4,105

 

Other commitments with special purpose entities

 

3,477

 

240

 

572

 

460

 

1,032

 

5,781

 

6,321

 

Standby letters of credit

 

2,055

 

48

 

 

 

 

2,103

 

2,608

 

Private equity and other principal investment commitments

 

289

 

242

 

368

 

52

 

 

951

 

927

 

 


(1)   We believe the fair value of these derivative contracts is a more relevant measure of the obligations because we believe the notional amount overstates the expected payout. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the fair value of these derivative contracts approximated $9.5 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively.

 

Derivative contracts. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”), we disclose certain derivative contracts meeting the FIN 45 definition of a guarantee. Under FIN 45, derivative contracts are considered to be guarantees if such contracts require us to make payments to counterparties based on changes in an underlying instrument or index (e.g., security prices, interest rates, and currency rates) and include written credit default swaps, written put options, written foreign exchange and interest rate options. Derivative contracts are not considered guarantees if such contracts are cash settled and we have no basis to determine whether it is probable the derivative counterparty held the related underlying instrument at the inception of the contract. We have determined these conditions have been met for certain large financial institutions. Accordingly, when these conditions are met, we do not include such derivatives in our guarantee disclosures. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the

 

23



 

maximum payout value of derivative contracts deemed to meet the FIN 45 definition of a guarantee was approximately $576 billion and $539 billion, respectively. For purposes of determining maximum payout, notional values are used; however, we believe the fair value of these contracts is a more relevant measure of these obligations because we believe the notional amounts greatly overstate our expected payout. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the fair value of such derivative contracts approximated $9.5 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively. In addition, all amounts included above are before consideration of hedging transactions. We substantially mitigate our risk on these contracts through hedges, using other derivative contracts and/or cash instruments. We manage risk associated with derivative guarantees consistent with our global risk management policies. We record derivative contracts, including those considered to be guarantees, at fair value with related gains and losses recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Municipal-securities-related commitments. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we had municipal-securities-related commitments of approximately $4.4 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively. Such commitments are principally comprised of liquidity commitments related to trust certificates issued to investors backed by investment grade municipal securities. We believe our liquidity commitments to these trusts involve a low level of risk because our obligations are supported by investment grade securities and generally cease if the underlying assets are downgraded below investment grade or default. In certain instances, we also provide credit default protection to investors in such QSPEs, which approximated $0.4 billion and $0.5 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

Other commitments with SPEs. In addition to the municipal-securities-related commitments, we make certain liquidity commitments and guarantees associated with VIEs. We provided liquidity of approximately $1.4 billion and $1.9 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively, which represented our maximum exposure to loss, to commercial paper conduits in support of certain clients’ secured financing transactions. However, we believe our actual risk to be limited because such liquidity commitments are supported by over-collateralization with investment grade collateral.

 

In addition, we provide limited downside protection guarantees to investors in certain VIEs. In such instances, we provide investors a guaranteed return of their initial principal investment. Our maximum exposure to loss under such commitments was approximately $2.4 billion and $3.2 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. We believe our actual risk to be limited because our obligations are collateralized by the VIEs’ assets and contain significant constraints under which such downside protection will be available (e.g., the VIE is required to liquidate assets in the event certain loss levels are triggered).

 

We also provided guarantees totaling $2.0 billion and $1.2 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively, of the collateral in a multi-seller conduit backed by short-term commercial paper assets. This commitment is intended to provide us with access to contingent liquidity of $2.0 billion and $1.2 billion as of February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively, in the event we have greater than anticipated draws under our lending commitments.

 

Standby letters of credit. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we were contingently liable for $2.1 billion and $2.6 billion, respectively, of letters of credit primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy margin deposits at option and commodity exchanges.

 

Private equity and other principal investments. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we had private equity and other principal investment commitments of approximately $1.0 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively.

 

Other. In the normal course of business, we provide guarantees to securities clearinghouses and exchanges. These guarantees generally are required under the standard membership agreements, such that members are required to guarantee the performance of other members. To mitigate these performance risks, the exchanges and clearinghouses often require members to post collateral. Our obligations under such guarantees could exceed the collateral amounts posted; however, the potential for us to be required to make payments under such guarantees is deemed remote. In connection with certain asset sales and securitization transactions, we often make representations and warranties about the assets conforming to specified guidelines. If it is later determined the underlying assets fail to conform to the specified guidelines, we may have an obligation to repurchase the assets or indemnify the purchaser against any losses. To mitigate these risks, to the extent the assets being securitized may have been originated by third parties, we seek to obtain appropriate representations and warranties from these third parties when we acquire the assets.

 

24



 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased represent our obligations to purchase the securities at prevailing market prices. Therefore, the future satisfaction of such obligations may be for an amount greater or less than the amount recorded. The ultimate gain or loss is dependent on the price at which the underlying financial instrument is purchased to settle our obligation under the sale commitment.

 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to credit and market risk as a result of executing, financing and settling various client security and commodity transactions. These risks arise from the potential that clients or counterparties may fail to satisfy their obligations and the collateral obtained is insufficient. In such instances, we may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at unfavorable market prices. We seek to control these risks by obtaining margin balances and other collateral in accordance with regulatory and internal guidelines.

 

Certain of our subsidiaries, as general partners, are contingently liable for the obligations of certain public and private limited partnerships. In our opinion, contingent liabilities, if any, for the obligations of such partnerships will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business we have been named as a defendant in a number of lawsuits and other legal and regulatory proceedings. Such proceedings include actions brought against us and others with respect to transactions in which we acted as an underwriter or financial advisor, actions arising out of our activities as a broker or dealer in securities and commodities and actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants against many securities firms, including us. We provide for potential losses that may arise out of legal and regulatory proceedings to the extent such losses are probable and can be estimated. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, we generally have denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant cases pending against us, and we intend to defend vigorously each such case. Based on information currently available, we believe the amount, or range, of reasonably possible losses in excess of established reserves, not to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial condition or cash flows. However, losses may be material to our operating results for any particular future period, depending on the level of income for such period.

 

25



 

Note 7 Earnings per Share

 

Earnings per common share was calculated as follows:

 

In millions, except per share data

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended February 28

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

1,038

 

$

875

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

47

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

(16

)

(19

)

Numerator for basic earnings per share—net income applicable to common stock

 

$

1,069

 

$

856

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share— weighted-average common shares

 

273.1

 

278.6

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock options

 

15.1

 

12.7

 

Restricted stock units

 

3.9

 

2.7

 

Dilutive potential common shares

 

19.0

 

15.4

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share—weighted average common and dilutive potential common shares(1)

 

292.1

 

294.0

 

Basic Earnings per Share

 

 

 

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

3.75

 

$

3.07

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

0.17

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

3.92

 

$

3.07

 

Diluted Earnings per Share

 

 

 

 

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

$

3.50

 

$

2.91

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

 

0.16

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

3.66

 

$

2.91

 

 


(1) Anti-dilutive options and restricted stock units excluded from the calculations of diluted earnings per share

 

3.1

 

4.9

 

 

On April 5, 2006 the stockholders of Holdings approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares of common stock to 1.2 billion from 600 million, and the Board of Directors approved a 2-for-1 common stock split, in the form of a stock dividend, for holders of record as of April 18, 2006. On April 5, 2006, the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended to effect the increase in authorized common shares.

 

Note 8 Regulatory Requirements

 

As of December 1, 2005, Holdings was approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to operate as a consolidated supervised entity (“CSE”). As such, it is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC, and must comply with rules regarding the measurement, management and reporting of market, credit, liquidity, legal and operational risk. As of February 28, 2006, Holdings was in compliance with the CSE capital requirements and held allowable capital in excess of the minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis.

 

In the United States, LBI and Neuberger Berman, LLC (“NBLLC”) are broker dealers that are subject to Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which specify minimum net capital requirements for their registrants.

 

LBI elected to and was approved by the SEC to use the alternative method of computing net capital under Rule 15c3-1. The alternative net capital method allows companies to calculate net capital charges for market and derivative-related credit risk using internal risk models. As of February 28, 2006, LBI had net capital in excess of its minimum capital requirement. In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements, LBI is also required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the

 

26



 

market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of rule 15c3-1. LBI is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of February 28, 2006, LBI had tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the minimum and the notification requirements.

 

NBLLC is required to maintain a minimum capital requirement of not less than the greater of 2% of aggregate debit items arising from client transactions, as defined, or 4% of funds required to be segregated for clients’ regulated commodity accounts, as defined. As of February 28, 2006, NBLLC had regulatory net capital, as defined, of $255 million, which exceeded the minimum net capital requirement by $240 million.

 

LBIE, a United Kingdom registered broker-dealer and subsidiary of Holdings, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) of the United Kingdom. Financial resources, as defined, must exceed the total financial resources requirement of the FSA. At February 28, 2006, LBIE’s financial resources of approximately $6.1 billion exceeded the minimum requirement by approximately $1.4 billion. LBJ’s Tokyo branch, a regulated broker-dealer, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency and, at February 28, 2006, had net capital of approximately $740 million, which was approximately $361 million in excess of the specified levels required. Certain other non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. At February 28, 2006, these other subsidiaries were in compliance with their applicable local capital adequacy requirements.

 

Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB (the “Bank”), our Delaware thrift subsidiary, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank (the “Industrial Bank”), our Utah industrial bank subsidiary established during 2005, is regulated by the Utah Department of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Bank and the Industrial Bank exceed all regulatory capital requirements and are considered to be well capitalized as of February 28, 2006. Lehman Brothers Bankhaus AG (“Bankhaus”), a German commercial bank, is subject to the capital requirements of the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority of the German Federal Republic. At February 28, 2006, Bankhaus’ financial resources, as defined, exceed its minimum financial resources requirement. In addition, our “AAA” rated derivatives subsidiaries, Lehman Brothers Financial Products Inc. (“LBFP”) and Lehman Brothers Derivative Products Inc. (“LBDP”), have established certain capital and operating restrictions that are reviewed by various rating agencies. At February 28, 2006, LBFP and LBDP each had capital that exceeded the requirements of the rating agencies.

 

Note 9 Share-Based Employee Incentive Plans

 

We adopted the fair value recognition provisions for share-based awards pursuant to SFAS 123(R) effective December 1, 2005. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Accounting Changes and Other Accounting Developments” for a further discussion. The following disclosures are also being provided pursuant to the requirements of SFAS 123(R).

 

We sponsor several share-based employee incentive plans. Amortization of compensation costs for grants awarded under these plans recognized during the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $249 million and $168 million, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income for these plans was $104 million and $72 million for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

At February 28, 2006, unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option and RSU awards totaled $2.2 billion. The cost of these non-vested awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.2 years.

 

SFAS 123(R) generally requires share-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees to be expensed immediately. For share-based awards granted prior to our adoption of SFAS 123(R), compensation cost related to awards made to retirement-eligible employees and those with non-substantive non-compete agreements was recognized over the service periods specified in the award; we accelerated the recognition of compensation cost if and when a retirement-eligible employee or an employee subject to a non-substantive non-compete agreement terminated employment.

 

27



 

The following table sets forth the pro forma compensation cost that would have been reported for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005 if share-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees, and those with non-substantive non-compete agreements had been expensed immediately as required by SFAS 123(R):

 

Pro Forma Compensation Cost

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended February 28

 

2006

 

2005

 

Compensation and benefits, as reported

 

$

2,199

 

$

1,886

 

Effect of immediately expensing share-based awards granted to retirement-eligible employees(1)

 

(161

)

113

 

Pro forma compensation and benefits costs

 

$

2,038

 

$

1,999

 

 


(1)   The 2006 pro forma impact represents the presumed benefit associated with not amortizing pre-2006 awards granted to retirement eligible employees and those with non-substantive non-compete agreements, as these awards would have been expensed as of the grant date. Compensation and benefits, as reported for 2006, includes the amortization of such pre-2006 awards.  The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have a material effect on compensation and benefits expense for the quarter ended February 28, 2006, and is not expected to have a material impact on fiscal 2006 compensation and benefits expense. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Accounting Changes and Other Accounting Developments.”

 

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the 2005 first quarter, if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to options granted under equity award plans for awards granted prior to December 1, 2004. For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with share-based awards amortized over the vesting periods pursuant to SFAS 123.

 

Share-Based Compensation—Pro Forma Net Income and Earnings per Share

 

In millions, except per share data

 

 

 

Quarter ended February 28

 

2005

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

875

 

Add: share-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effect

 

98

 

Deduct: share-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair-value-based method for all awards, net of related tax effect

 

(117

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

856

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

Basic, as reported

 

$

3.07

 

Basic, pro forma

 

$

3.00

 

Diluted, as reported

 

$

2.91

 

Diluted, pro forma

 

$

2.87

 

 

Share-Based Employee Incentive Plans

 

We sponsor the following share-based employee incentive plans.

 

1994 Management Ownership Plan. On May 31, 2004 the Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. 1994 Management Ownership Plan (the “1994 Plan”) expired following the completion of its 10-year term. The 1994 Plan provided for the issuance of RSUs, performance stock units (“PSUs”), stock options and other share-based awards for a period of up to ten years to eligible employees. At February 28, 2006, RSU, PSU and stock option awards with respect to 33.1 million shares of common stock have been made under the 1994 Plan, of which 2.8 million are outstanding and 30.3 million have been converted to freely transferable common stock.

 

1996 Management Ownership Plan.  On January 10, 2006 the Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. 1996 Management Ownership Plan (the “1996 Plan”) expired following the completion of its 10-year term. The 1996 Plan had

 

28



 

provisions similar to the 1994 Plan and provided for up to 42.0 million shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to awards under the 1996 Plan. At February 28, 2006, RSU, PSU and stock option awards with respect to 39.5 million shares of common stock have been made under the 1996 Plan, of which 8.5 million are outstanding and 31.0 million have been converted to freely transferable common stock.

 

Employee Incentive Plan. The Employee Incentive Plan (the “EIP”) has provisions similar to the 1994 Plan and the 1996 Plan, and authorization from the Board of Directors to issue up to 246.0 million shares of common stock pursuant to awards under the EIP. At February 28, 2006, awards with respect to 231.8 million shares of common stock have been made under the EIP, of which 88.3 million are outstanding and 143.5 million have been converted to freely transferable common stock.  The EIP will expire by its terms on April 30, 2006.

 

Stock Incentive Plan. The Stock Incentive Plan (the “SIP”) has provisions similar to the 1994 Plan, the 1996 Plan and the EIP, and authorization from the Board of Directors to issue up to 10.0 million shares of common stock pursuant to awards under the SIP. In addition, shares authorized for issuance under the 1996 Plan and the EIP that remain unawarded upon their expiration and shares subject to awards under the 1996 Plan and the EIP on the dates of their expiration, but which are not subsequently issued, also will be available for issuance under the SIP. At February 28, 2006, awards with respect to 3.3 million shares of common stock have been made under the SIP, all of which are outstanding.

 

1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The 1999 Neuberger Berman Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”) provides for the grant of restricted stock, restricted units, incentive stock, incentive units, deferred shares, supplemental units and stock options. The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the LTIP may not exceed 7.7 million. At February 28, 2006, awards with respect to approximately 6.8 million shares of common stock have been made under the LTIP, of which approximately 3.3 million restricted shares, RSUs and stock options are outstanding and 3.5 million have been converted to freely transferable common stock.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

Eligible employees receive RSUs, in lieu of cash, as a portion of their total compensation. There is no further cost to employees associated with RSU awards. RSU awards generally vest over two to five years and convert to unrestricted freely transferable common stock five years from the grant date. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant vesting period. We accrue dividend equivalents on outstanding RSUs (in the form of additional RSUs), based on dividends declared on our common stock.

 

For RSUs granted prior to 2004, we measured compensation cost based on the market value of our common stock at the grant date in accordance with APB 25 and, accordingly, a discount from the market price of an unrestricted share of common stock on the RSU grant date was not recognized for selling restrictions subsequent to the vesting date. For awards granted beginning in 2004, we measure compensation cost based on the market price of our common stock at the grant date less a discount for sale restrictions subsequent to the vesting date in accordance with SFAS 123 and SFAS 123(R). The fair value of RSUs subject to post-vesting date sale restrictions are generally discounted by five percent for each year of post-vesting restriction, based on market-based studies and academic research on securities with restrictive features. RSUs granted in each of the periods presented contain selling restrictions subsequent to the vesting date.

 

The following table summarizes RSU activity during the quarter ended February 28, 2006:

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Number

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

of RSUs

 

Fair Value

 

Outstanding, November 30, 2005

 

60,208,837

 

$

76.70

 

Granted

 

211,350

 

132.04

 

Canceled

 

(222,064

)

84.80

 

Converted to common stock without restrictions

 

(1,482,099

)

53.13

 

Outstanding, February 28, 2006

 

58,716,024

 

$

77.47

 

Common stock held in RSU Trust

 

(32,966,504

)

 

 

Outstanding, net of common stock held in RSU trust

 

25,749,520

 

 

 

 

29



 

The fair value of RSUs converted to common stock without restrictions during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 was $190 million.  After-tax compensation costs previously recognized and tax benefits recognized in equity upon issuance of these awards were approximately $158 million.

 

Of the RSUs outstanding at February 28, 2006, approximately 36.9 million were amortized and included in basic earnings per share, approximately 7.2 million will be amortized during the remainder of 2006, and the remainder will be amortized subsequent to November 30, 2006.

 

Included in the previous table are PSUs awarded to certain senior officers prior to 2004. The number of PSUs that may be earned is dependent on achieving certain performance levels within predetermined performance periods. During the performance period, these PSUs are accounted for as variable awards. At the end of a performance period, any PSUs earned will convert one-for-one to RSUs that then vest in three or more years. At February 28, 2006, approximately 11.2 million PSUs had been awarded, of which 5.4 million remain outstanding, subject to vesting and transfer restrictions. The compensation cost for the RSUs payable in satisfaction of PSUs is accrued over the combined performance and vesting periods.

 

Stock Options

 

Eligible employees receive stock options, in lieu of cash, as a portion of their total compensation. Such options generally become exercisable over a one- to five-year period and generally expire 10 years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon termination of employment.

 

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to measure the fair value of stock options granted to employees. Stock options granted have exercise prices equal to the market price of our common stock on the grant date. The principal assumptions utilized in valuing options and our methodology for estimating such model inputs include: 1) risk-free interest rate - estimate is based on the yield of U.S. zero coupon securities with a maturity equal to the expected life of the option, 2) expected volatility - estimate is based on the historical volatility of our common stock for the three years preceding the award date, the implied volatility of market-traded options on our common stock on the grant date and other factors and 3) expected option life - estimate is based on internal studies of historical experience and projected exercise behavior based on different employee groups and specific option characteristics, including the effect of employee terminations. Based on the results of the model, the weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 was $28.78. The weighted-average assumptions used during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 were as follows:

 

Weighted Average Black-Scholes Assumptions

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.37

%

Expected volatility

 

22.73

%

Dividends per share

 

$

0.80

 

Expected life

 

3.6 years

 

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity during the quarter ended February 28, 2006:

 

Stock Option Activity

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Expiration

 

 

 

Options

 

Exercise Price

 

Dates

 

Outstanding, November 30, 2005

 

50,875,163

 

$

62.72

 

12/05—11/15

 

Granted

 

950,000

 

127.65

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(4,681,428

)

57.32

 

 

 

Canceled

 

(61,249

)

68.79

 

 

 

Outstanding, February 28, 2006

 

47,082,486

 

$

64.56

 

08/06—11/15

 

 

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 was $369 million for which after-tax compensation costs previously recognized and tax benefits recognized in equity upon issuance totaled approximately $155 million. Cash received from the exercise of stock options during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 totaled $268 million.

 

30



 

The table below provides additional information related to stock options outstanding at February 28, 2006:

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Dollars in millions, except per share data

 

Net of Expected

 

Options

 

February 28, 2006

 

Forfeitures

 

Exercisable

 

Number of options

 

45,631,269

 

21,892,337

 

Weighted-average exercise price

 

$

64.05

 

$

54.92

 

Aggregate intrinsic value

 

$

3,737

 

$

1,993

 

Weighted-average remaining contractual term, in years

 

5.3

 

4.4

 

 

At February 28, 2006, the intrinsic value of vested options was approximately $2.0 billion for which after-tax compensation cost previously recognized and tax benefits expected to be recognized in equity upon issuance are approximately $875 million.

 

Restricted Stock

 

At February 28, 2006 there were approximately 413,000 shares of restricted stock outstanding. The fair value of the 129,280 shares of restricted stock that became freely tradable during the quarter ended February 28, 2006 was $18 million.

 

Stock Repurchase Program

 

We maintain a stock repurchase program to manage our equity capital. Our stock repurchase program is effected through regular open-market purchases, as well as through employee transactions where employees tender shares of common stock to pay for the exercise price of stock options and the required tax withholding obligations upon option exercises and conversion of restricted stock units to freely-tradable common stock. For 2006, our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase, subject to market conditions, of up to 40 million shares of Holdings’ common stock for the management of our equity capital, including approximately 30 million shares estimated for offsetting the 2006 dilution due to equity-based award plans. Our Board also authorized the repurchase in 2006, subject to market conditions, of up to an additional 15 million shares, for the possible acceleration of repurchases to offset a portion of 2007 dilution due to equity-based award plans. During the quarter ended February 28, 2006, we repurchased approximately 5.7 million shares of our common stock through open-market purchases at an aggregate cost of $766 million, or $134.46 per share. In addition, we withheld approximately 1.3 million shares of common stock from employees at an equivalent cost of $184 million.

 

In connection with awards made under our share-based employee incentive plans, we are authorized to issue shares of common stock held in treasury or newly-issued shares.

 

31



 

Note 10 Employee Benefit Plans

 

We provide both funded and unfunded noncontributory defined benefit pension plans for the majority of our employees worldwide. In addition, we provide certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible employees. The following table presents the components of net periodic cost/(benefit) related to these plans for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005:

 

Components of Net Periodic Cost/(Benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Postretirement

 

In millions

 

U.S. Pensions

 

Non-U.S. Pensions

 

Benefits

 

Quarter ended February 28

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

Service cost

 

$

11

 

$

10

 

$

2

 

$

2

 

$

 

$

 

Interest cost

 

15

 

14

 

5

 

5

 

1

 

1

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(19

)

(19

)

(6

)

(6

)

 

 

Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)

 

7

 

8

 

2

 

3

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost

 

$

15

 

$

14

 

$

3

 

$

4

 

$

1

 

$

1

 

 

Expected Contributions for the Fiscal Year Ending November 30, 2006

 

We do not expect it to be necessary to contribute to our U.S. pension plans in the fiscal year ending November 30, 2006. We expect to contribute approximately $9 million to our non-U.S. pension plans in the fiscal year ending November 30, 2006.

 

Note 11 Business Segments and Geographic Information

 

We operate in three business segments: Investment Banking, Capital Markets and Investment Management.

 

The Investment Banking business segment is made up of Advisory Services and Global Finance activities that serve our corporate and government clients. The segment is organized into global industry groups—Communications, Consumer/Retailing, Financial Institutions, Financial Sponsors, Healthcare, Industrial, Media, Natural Resources, Power, Real Estate and Technology—that include bankers who deliver industry knowledge and expertise to meet clients’ objectives. Specialized product groups within Advisory Services include M&A and restructuring. Global Finance serves our clients’ capital raising needs through underwriting, private placements, leveraged finance and other activities associated with debt and equity products. Product groups are partnered with relationship managers in the global industry groups to provide comprehensive financial solutions for clients.

 

The Capital Markets business segment includes institutional client-flow activities, prime brokerage, research, mortgage origination and securitization and secondary-trading and financing activities in fixed income and equity products. These products include a wide range of cash, derivative, secured financing and structured instruments and investments. We are a leading global market-maker in numerous equity and fixed income products including U.S., European and Asian equities, government and agency securities, money market products, corporate high-grade, high-yield and emerging market securities, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, preferred stock, municipal securities, bank loans, foreign exchange, financing and derivative products. We are one of the largest investment banks in terms of U.S. and pan-European listed equities trading volume, and we maintain a major presence in OTC U.S. stocks, major Asian large capitalization stocks, warrants, convertible debentures and preferred issues. In addition, the secured financing business manages our equity and fixed income matched book activities, supplies secured financing to institutional clients and provides secured funding for our inventory of equity and fixed income products. The Capital Markets segment also includes proprietary activities as well as principal investing in real estate and private equity.

 

The Investment Management business segment consists of the Asset Management and Private Investment Management businesses. Asset Management generates fee-based revenues from customized investment management services for high-net-worth clients, as well as fees from mutual fund and other institutional investors. Asset Management also generates management and incentive fees from our role as general partner for private equity and

 

32



 

other alternative investment partnerships. Private Investment Management provides comprehensive investment, wealth advisory and capital markets execution services to high-net-worth and middle market clients.

 

Our business segment information for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005 is prepared using the following methodologies:

 

      Revenues and expenses directly associated with each business segment are included in determining income before taxes.

 

      Revenues and expenses not directly associated with specific business segments are allocated based on the most relevant measures applicable, including each segment’s revenues, headcount and other factors.

 

      Net revenues include allocations of interest revenue and interest expense to securities and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or funding requirements of, the underlying positions.

 

      Business segment assets include an allocation of indirect corporate assets that have been fully allocated to our segments, generally based on each segment’s respective headcount figures.

 

Business Segments

 

 

 

Investment

 

Capital

 

Investment

 

 

 

In millions

 

Banking

 

Markets

 

Management

 

Total

 

Quarter ended February 28, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross revenues

 

$

835

 

$

8,884

 

$

588

 

$

10,307

 

Interest expense

 

 

5,838

 

8

 

5,846

 

Net revenues

 

835

 

3,046

 

580

 

4,461

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

10

 

89

 

23

 

122

 

Other expenses

 

595

 

1,755

 

438

 

2,788

 

Income before taxes

 

$

230

 

$

1,202

 

$

119

 

$

1,551

 

Segment assets (billions)

 

$

1.2

 

$

431.7

 

$

6.9

 

$

439.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended February 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross revenues

 

$

683

 

$

6,255

 

$

453

 

$

7,391

 

Interest expense

 

 

3,565

 

16

 

3,581

 

Net revenues

 

683

 

2,690

 

437

 

3,810

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

9

 

77

 

21

 

107

 

Other expenses

 

460

 

1,599

 

338

 

2,397

 

Income before taxes

 

$

214

 

$

1,014

 

$

78

 

$

1,306

 

Segment assets (billions)

 

$

1.0

 

$

356.8

 

$

5.9

 

$

363.7

 

 

Net Revenues by Geographic Region

 

Net revenues are recorded in the geographic region of the location of the senior coverage banker or investment advisor in the case of Investment Banking or Asset Management, respectively, or where the position was risk managed within Capital Markets and Private Investment Management. In addition, certain revenues associated with domestic products and services that result from relationships with international clients have been classified as international revenues using an allocation consistent with our internal reporting.

 

Net Revenues by Geographic Region

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended February 28

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Europe

 

$

1,121

 

$

971

 

Asia Pacific and other

 

606

 

362

 

Total non-U.S

 

1,727

 

1,333

 

U.S.

 

2,734

 

2,477

 

Net revenues

 

$

4,461

 

$

3,810

 

 

33



 

Note 12 Condensed Consolidating Financial Statement Schedules

 

LBI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, had approximately $1.4 billion of debt securities outstanding at February 28, 2006 that were issued in registered public offerings and were therefore subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Holdings has fully and unconditionally guaranteed these outstanding debt securities of LBI (and any debt securities of LBI that may be issued in the future under these registration statements), which, together with the information presented in this Note 12, allows LBI to avail itself of an exemption provided by SEC rules from the requirement to file separate LBI reports under the Exchange Act. See Note 12 to the 2005 Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Form 10-K for a discussion of restrictions on the ability of Holdings to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan.

 

The following schedules set forth our condensed consolidating statements of income for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005, our condensed consolidating balance sheets at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, and our condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005. In the following schedules, “Holdings” refers to the unconsolidated balances of Holdings, “LBI” refers to the unconsolidated balances of Lehman Brothers Inc. and “Other Subsidiaries” refers to the combined balances of all other subsidiaries of Holdings. “Eliminations” represents the adjustments necessary to (a) eliminate intercompany transactions and (b) eliminate our investments in subsidiaries.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

Holdings

 

LBI

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income for the Quarter Ended February 28, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

(36

)

$

1,588

 

$

2,909

 

$

 

$

4,461

 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

1,122

 

199

 

 

(1,321

)

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

173

 

1,048

 

1,689

 

 

2,910

 

Income before taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change

 

913

 

739

 

1,220

 

(1,321

)

1,551

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(147

)

206

 

454

 

 

513

 

Income before cumulative effect of accounting change

 

1,060

 

533

 

766

 

(1,321

)

1,038

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

25

 

22

 

 

 

47

 

Net income

 

$

1,085

 

$

555

 

$

766

 

$

(1,321

)

$

1,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income for the Quarter Ended February 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

 

$

(220

)

$

1,227

 

$

2,803

 

$

 

$

3,810

 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

1,163

 

203

 

 

(1,366

)

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

307

 

824

 

1,373

 

 

2,504

 

Income before taxes

 

636

 

606

 

1,430

 

(1,366

)

1,306

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

(239

)

147

 

523

 

 

431

 

Net income

 

$

875

 

$

459

 

$

907

 

$

(1,366

)

$

875

 

 

34



 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet at February 28, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

Holdings

 

LBI

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,124

 

$

363

 

$

6,110

 

$

(2,915

)

$

6,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes

 

48

 

2,500

 

3,021

 

 

5,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Securities received as collateral

 

23,459

 

61,769

 

157,220

 

(45,817

)

196,631

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized agreements

 

 

133,470

 

65,426

 

 

198,896

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables and other assets

 

4,702

 

11,478

 

22,154

 

(6,316

)

32,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

57,174

 

48,853

 

325,867

 

(431,894

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in net assets of subsidiaries

 

17,171

 

1,433

 

33,615

 

(52,219

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

105,678

 

$

259,866

 

$

613,413

 

$

(539,161

)

$

439,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

2,723

 

$

89

 

$

1,998

 

$

(3

)

$

4,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased and Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

425

 

54,520

 

110,025

 

(44,774

)

120,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized financing

 

9,245

 

89,738

 

68,226

 

 

167,209

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities and other payables

 

1,364

 

17,129

 

54,654

 

(9,152

)

63,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

30,521

 

88,102

 

283,627

 

(402,250

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

43,907

 

5,932

 

47,020

 

(30,763

)

66,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

88,185

 

255,510

 

565,550

 

(486,942

)

422,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

17,493

 

4,356

 

47,863

 

(52,219

)

17,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

105,678

 

$

259,866

 

$

613,413

 

$

(539,161

)

$

439,796

 

 

35



 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet at November 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

Holdings

 

LBI

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

4,053

 

$

447

 

$

2,434

 

$

(2,034

)

$

4,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes

 

48

 

2,806

 

2,890

 

 

5,744

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Securities received as collateral

 

22,087

 

56,936

 

154,023

 

(50,633

)

182,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized agreements

 

 

126,399

 

58,265

 

 

184,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables and other assets

 

4,382

 

10,268

 

25,869

 

(8,177

)

32,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from subsidiaries

 

56,195

 

37,768

 

289,590

 

(383,553

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in net assets of subsidiaries

 

16,062

 

1,221

 

35,625

 

(52,908

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

102,827

 

$

235,845

 

$

568,696

 

$

(497,305

)

$

410,063

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

1,828

 

$

115

 

$

998

 

$

 

$

2,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased and Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

238

 

55,224

 

109,685

 

(49,595

)

115,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized financing

 

13,158

 

70,739

 

68,528

 

 

152,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities and other payables

 

1,570

 

19,050

 

48,202

 

(8,780

)

60,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to subsidiaries

 

27,486

 

81,007

 

247,235

 

(355,728

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

41,753

 

5,922

 

44,928

 

(30,294

)

62,309

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

86,033

 

232,057

 

519,576

 

(444,397

)

393,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

16,794

 

3,788

 

49,120

 

(52,908

)

16,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

102,827

 

$

235,845

 

$

568,696

 

$

(497,305

)

$

410,063

 

 

36



 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Quarter Ended February 28, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

Holdings

 

LBI

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,085

 

$

555

 

$

766

 

$

(1,321

)

$

1,085

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in income of subsidiaries

 

(1,122

)

(199

)

 

1,321

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

36

 

14

 

72

 

 

122

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

249

 

 

 

 

249

 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

 

(25

)

(22

)

 

 

(47

)

Other adjustments

 

(35

)

 

(34

)

 

(69

)

Net change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes

 

 

306

 

(131

)

 

175

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned

 

(1,428

)

(4,820

)

(2,997

)

(4,198

)

(13,444

)

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased

 

187

 

(704

)

321

 

4,795

 

4,599

 

Collateralized agreements and collateralized financing, net

 

(3,913

)

11,928

 

(7,463

)

 

552

 

Other assets and payables, net

 

(667

)

(3,136

)

10,244

 

(2,208

)

4,234

 

Due to/from affiliates, net

 

2,034

 

(3,968

)

169

 

1,765

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(3,599

)

(46

)

947

 

154

 

(2,544

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative contracts with a financing element

 

 

 

19

 

 

19

 

Tax benefit from the issuance of stock-based awards

 

217

 

 

 

 

217

 

Issuance of short-term borrowings, net

 

895

 

(26

)

1,000

 

(3

)

1,866

 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

 

4,358

 

 

3,580

 

(424

)

7,514

 

Principal payments of long-term borrowings

 

(2,227

)

(3

)

(1,654

)

(608

)

(4,492

)

Issuance of common stock

 

58

 

 

 

 

58

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(766

)

 

 

 

(766

)

Issuance of treasury stock

 

210

 

 

 

 

210

 

Dividends paid

 

(87

)

 

 

 

(87

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

2,658

 

(29

)

2,945

 

(1,035

)

4,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received/(paid)

 

207

 

 

(207

)

 

 

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

 

(55

)

(9

)

(59

)

 

(123

)

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

(90

)

 

(90

)

Capital contributions from / to subsidiaries, net

 

(140

)

 

140

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

12

 

(9

)

(216

)

 

(213

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

(929

)

(84

)

3,676

 

(881

)

1,782

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

4,053

 

447

 

2,434

 

(2,034

)

4,900

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

3,124

 

$

363

 

$

6,110

 

$

(2,915

)

$

6,682

 

 

37



 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows for the Quarter Ended February 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

In millions

 

Holdings

 

LBI

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

875

 

$

459

 

$

907

 

$

(1,366

)

$

875

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in income of subsidiaries

 

(1,163

)

(203

)

 

1,366

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

30

 

5

 

72

 

 

107

 

Tax benefit from issuance of stock-based awards

 

165

 

 

 

 

165

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

 

168

 

 

 

 

168

 

Other adjustments

 

2

 

12

 

 

 

14

 

Net change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit

 

 

(568

)

375

 

 

(193

)

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned

 

(385

)

(1,196

)

(3,392

)

(3,917

)

(8,890

)

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased

 

(56

)

5,236

 

(9,097

)

4,582

 

665

 

Collateralized agreements and collateralized financing, net

 

6

 

(3,346

)

3,155

 

 

(185

)

Other assets and payables, net

 

(497

)

3,607

 

1,355

 

(195

)

4,270

 

Due to/from affiliates, net

 

714

 

(4,021

)

1,661

 

1,646

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(141

)

(15

)

(4,964

)

2,116

 

(3,004

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative contracts with a financing element

 

 

 

263

 

 

263

 

Issuance of short-term borrowings, net

 

512

 

(140

)

(150

)

 

222

 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

 

3,210

 

 

7,809

 

(4,104

)

6,915

 

Principal payments of long-term borrowings

 

(3,058

)

 

(2,033

)

1,449

 

(3,642

)

Issuance of common stock

 

79

 

 

 

 

79

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(589

)

 

 

 

(589

)

Issuance of treasury stock

 

386

 

 

 

 

386

 

Dividends paid

 

(76

)

 

 

 

(76

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

464

 

(140

)

5,889

 

(2,655

)

3,558

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

 

(26

)

(6

)

(31

)

 

(63

)

Capital contributions from / to subsidiaries, net

 

16

 

 

(16

)

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(10

)

(6

)

(47

)

 

(63

)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

313

 

(161

)

878

 

(539

)

491

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

1,940

 

557

 

2,943

 

 

5,440

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

2,253

 

$

396

 

$

3,821

 

$

(539

)

$

5,931

 

 

38



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

 

We have reviewed the consolidated statement of financial condition of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 28, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the three month periods ended February 28, 2006 and 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

 

We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

 

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the consolidated financial statements referred to above for them to be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of November 30, 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended and in our report dated February 13, 2006, we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

 

New York, New York

April 10, 2006

 

39




 

Introduction

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) should be read together with the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Holdings’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005 (the “Form 10-K”).

 

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“Holdings”) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” “Lehman Brothers,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is one of the leading global investment banks, serving institutional, corporate, government and high-net-worth individual clients. Our worldwide headquarters in New York and regional headquarters in London and Tokyo are complemented by offices in additional locations in North America, Europe, the Middle East, Latin America and the Asia Pacific region. Through our subsidiaries, we are a global market-maker in all major equity and fixed income products. To facilitate our market-making activities, we are a member of all principal securities and commodities exchanges in the U.S. and we hold memberships or associate memberships on several principal international securities and commodities exchanges, including the London, Tokyo, Hong Kong, Frankfurt, Paris, Milan and Australian stock exchanges.

 

Our principal businesses are investment banking, capital markets and investment management, which, by their nature, are subject to volatility primarily due to changes in interest and foreign exchange rates, valuation of financial instruments and real estate, global economic and political trends and industry competition. Through our investment banking, trading, research, structuring and distribution capabilities in equity and fixed income products, we continue to build on our client-flow business model. The client-flow business model is based on our principal focus of facilitating client transactions in all major global capital markets products and services. We generate client-flow revenues from institutional, corporate, government and high-net-worth clients by (i) advising on and structuring transactions specifically suited to meet client needs; (ii) serving as a market-maker and/or intermediary in the global marketplace, including having securities and other financial instrument products available to allow clients to adjust their portfolios and risks across different market cycles; (iii) providing investment management and advisory services; and (iv) acting as an underwriter to clients. As part of our client-flow activities, we maintain inventory positions of varying amounts across a broad range of financial instruments that are marked to market daily and give rise to principal transactions and net interest revenue. In addition, we also maintain inventory positions (long and short) through our proprietary trading activities, and make principal investments in real estate and private equity. The financial services industry is significantly influenced by worldwide economic conditions as well as other factors inherent in the global financial markets. As a result, revenues and earnings may vary from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

 

All references to 2006 and 2005 in this MD&A refer to our fiscal quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005 or the last day of such fiscal quarters, as the context requires, unless specifically stated otherwise.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Some of the statements contained in this MD&A, including those relating to our strategy and other statements that are predictive in nature, that depend on or refer to future events or conditions or that include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates” and similar expressions, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements are not historical facts but instead represent only management’s expectations, estimates and projections regarding future events. Similarly, these statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict, which may include, but are not limited to, market risk, the competitive environment, investor sentiment, liquidity risk, credit ratings changes, credit exposure, operational risk and legal and regulatory changes and proceedings. For further discussion of these risks, see “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations” in the Form 10-K.

 

As a global investment bank, our results of operations have varied significantly in response to global economic and market trends and geopolitical events. The nature of our business makes predicting the future trends of net revenues difficult. Caution should be used when extrapolating historical results to future periods. Our actual results and financial condition may differ, perhaps materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition in any such forward-looking statements and, accordingly, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements,

 

41



 

which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Executive Overview (1)

 

Summary of Results

 

We achieved our strongest quarterly results ever, with record net revenues, net income and diluted earnings per share in the first quarter of 2006. These results were driven by record net revenues in each business segment and in each geographic region.

 

Net income of $1.1 billion in 2006 rose 24% compared with $875 million in 2005. Diluted earnings per share of $3.66 in 2006 increased by 26% from $2.91 in the same prior-year period. The quarter’s results included an after-tax gain of $47 million ($0.16 per diluted share) from the cumulative effect of an accounting change for equity-based compensation resulting from the Company’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No.123 (revised) “Share-Based Payment”(“SFAS 123(R)”). Net revenues rose to $4.5 billion in 2006, up 17% from $3.8 billion in the prior-year period. Annualized return on average common stockholders’ equity(2) was 26.7% in 2006 compared with 24.5% in the corresponding 2005 period. Annualized return on average tangible common stockholders’ equity(2) was 33.5% in 2006 compared with 32.0% in the corresponding 2005 period.

 

Business Environment

 

As a global investment bank, our results of operations can vary in response to global economic and market trends and geopolitical events. A favorable business environment is characterized by many factors, including a stable geopolitical climate, transparent financial markets, low inflation, low unemployment, strong business profitability and high business and investor confidence. These factors can influence (i) levels of debt and equity security issuance and M&A activity, which can affect our Investment Banking business, (ii) trading volumes, financial instrument and real estate valuations and client activity in secondary financial markets, which can affect our Capital Markets businesses and (iii) wealth creation, which can affect both our Capital Markets and Investment Management businesses.

 

The global market environment during 2006 was generally favorable for our businesses due to a combination of factors—positive economic growth, strong corporate profitability, deep pools of global liquidity, tightening credit spreads, and, on an absolute basis, low long-term interest rates. The global equity markets rose, driven by strong earnings reports and positive economic data, notwithstanding concerns over rising interest rates, volatile energy prices, the state of the U.S. housing market and continued geopolitical concerns. The U.S. yield curve was inverted at times during the quarter while the European and Asian yield curves flattened and corporate credit spreads tightened further. The economies of Asia continued their strong growth in 2006, while the European economy grew more slowly. At various points in the quarter, market conditions became more challenging due to volatile energy prices, rising interest rates, and concerns over the shape of the yield curve and the U.S. housing markets. However, strong fundamentals allowed the market to recover quickly.

 

Equity markets. The global equity markets had a solid first quarter in 2006, due primarily to positive economic data and strong earnings reports. Industry-wide underwriting volumes and pipelines remained strong during the period. In 2006, the New York Stock Exchange index rose 5%, while the Dow Jones Industrial Average, S&P 500 and NASDAQ indices all rose 2%. In the European equity markets for 2006, the FTSE and DAX rose 7% and 12%, respectively. In Asia for 2006, the Nikkei and Hang Seng indices rose 9% and 7%, respectively.

 


(1)   Volume statistics in this MD&A were obtained from Thomson Financial.

(2)   Annualized return on average common stockholders’ equity and annualized return on average tangible common stockholders’ equity are computed by dividing annualized net income applicable to common stock for the period by average common stockholders’ equity and average tangible common stockholders’ equity, respectively. We believe average tangible common stockholders’ equity is a meaningful measure because it reflects the common stockholders’ equity deployed in our businesses. Average tangible common stockholders’ equity equals average common stockholders’ equity less average identifiable intangible assets and goodwill and is computed as follows:

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended February 28,

 

2006

 

2005

 

Average common stockholders’ equity

 

$

16,049

 

$

13,992

 

Average identifiable intangible assets and goodwill

 

(3,269

)

(3,279

)

Average tangible common stockholders’ equity

 

$

12,780

 

$

10,713

 

 

42



 

Global trading volumes improved in 2006 compared to 2005. In the U.S., trading volumes for all major indices increased in 2006 compared with 2005, as continued low long-term interest rates and improved corporate profitability created a more favorable environment for equity products. Average daily trading volumes of FTSE 100 stocks and the DAX composite increased 13% and 6%, respectively, compared with 2005. Volumes on the Nikkei and Hang Seng exchanges rose 81% and 20%, respectively, in 2006 compared with 2005.

 

Fixed income markets During 2006, interest rates continued to remain low in absolute terms. The yield curve during the quarter was inverted at times in the U.S. and flattened both in Europe and Asia. Credit and swap spreads remained generally tight in response to the movement in the yield curves. Conditions in Europe were somewhat less favorable than the U.S., as growth remained slow. Japan continued on its recovery path, with the Bank of Japan continuing its policy of quantitative easing which continued to support liquidity and growth. Total global debt origination rose 15% in 2006 compared with 2005 on higher levels of investment-grade, asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities volumes.

 

Mergers and acquisitions Stronger stock valuations and the favorable interest rate environment during 2006 kept both strategic buyers and financial sponsors very active in the M&A market. Announced M&A volumes rose 23% in 2006 compared with the prior-year period, while completed M&A volumes rose 55% in the same period.

 

Economic Outlook

 

The financial services industry is significantly influenced by worldwide economic conditions in both banking and capital markets. We expect global GDP growth of 2.9% for 2006, a level that continues to provide a favorable underpinning for this industry. We expect the Fed to continue raising rates to 5.5% by mid-2006 and then keep interest rates steady. The end of the Fed’s rising interest rate cycle in the past has been positive for our sector. We expect that corporate profitability will remain strong, and we are looking for corporate earnings to increase approximately 9% in 2006. Additionally, U.S. corporate balance sheets remain strong and operating cash flows solid, with cash on hand increasing, giving corporations a higher degree of flexibility for mergers and acquisitions, buybacks and dividends. Although we remain wary of geopolitical risk, the growing deficits in the U.S., and China’s efforts to rein in growth, we see resiliency in the global economy as a whole.

 

Equity markets The environment for the equity markets continued the positive trend seen throughout 2005. Liquidity remained available and industry-wide equity-offering pipelines remained strong. We expect the equity offering calendar to remain robust through 2006, as reasonably strong corporate profitability will help to maintain confidence in the marketplace.

 

Fixed income markets We see a continued constructive environment for fixed income origination, given low absolute interest rates, credit spreads remaining in line or tighter than historical averages, refinancings of debt maturing in calendar 2006 and the expected increase in M&A and financial-sponsor-related financings. This reasonably strong primary debt market should have a positive impact on secondary market flows. We expect both fixed-income-related products and the fixed income investor base to continue to grow with a continuing global trend of more liquidity requirements being sourced from the capital markets.

 

Fixed income activity is driven in part by the absolute level of interest rates, but also is highly correlated with the degree of volatility, the shape of the yield curve and credit quality, which in the aggregate, impact the overall business environment. The fixed income investor base has changed dramatically from long-only investors of a few years ago to a rapidly-growing hedge fund and an expanding international investor base. Investors now employ far more developed risk mitigation tools to manage their portfolios. In addition, the size and diversity of the global fixed income marketplace has become significantly larger and broader over the last several years. We expect approximately $8.5 trillion of global fixed income origination in calendar 2006, staying constant with 2005 issuance levels, but almost double the $4.3 trillion issued in calendar 2000.

 

Mergers and acquisitions During the first quarter of 2006, M&A activity remained strong, and we expect this to continue. Companies are still looking to grow, and strategic M&A is an increasingly viable option to achieve these growth objectives, particularly for companies with liquid and strong balance sheets and stronger stock valuations. In addition to the activity from strategic buyers, financial sponsor-led M&A also has been an important factor driving the increase in activity.

 

Asset management and high net worth Capital markets continued to be resilient in 2006, and growing economies translate into wealth creation. We aspire to be a provider of choice among the high-net-worth client base, given our growing product breadth and strong performance. Our outlook for asset management and services to high-net-worth individuals is positive, given favorable demographics, higher savings rates globally and intergenerational wealth

 

43



 

transfer. The high-net-worth client increasingly seeks multiple providers and greater asset diversification along with a high service component. We believe the significant expansion of our asset management business and the strong investment-return performance of our asset managers, coupled with our cross-selling initiatives, position us well for continued growth throughout 2006.

 

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

Overview

 

We achieved record net revenues of $4.5 billion in 2006, increasing 17% compared with $3.8 billion in 2005. Net income of $1.1 billion in 2006 rose 24% compared with $875 million in 2005. Diluted earnings per share rose 26% in 2006 to $3.66 compared with $2.91 in 2005. The 2006 results included an after-tax gain of $47 million, or $0.16 per diluted common share, as a cumulative effect of an accounting change associated with our adoption of SFAS 123(R) on December 1, 2005. The 2006 results represent the highest quarterly net revenues, net income and earnings per share we have ever reported and reflect record results in every segment and every region.

 

Annualized return on average common stockholders’ equity was 26.7% and 24.5% in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Annualized return on average tangible common stockholders’ equity was 33.5% and 32.0% in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Net Revenues

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Principal transactions

 

$

2,473

 

$

2,195

 

13

%

Investment banking

 

835

 

683

 

22

 

Commissions

 

472

 

411

 

15

 

Interest and dividends

 

6,192

 

3,884

 

59

 

Asset management and other

 

335

 

218

 

54

 

Total revenues

 

10,307

 

7,391

 

39

 

Interest expense

 

5,846

 

3,581

 

63

 

Net revenues

 

$

4,461

 

$

3,810

 

17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal transactions, commissions and net interest revenue

 

$

3,291

 

$

2,909

 

13

%

Net interest revenue

 

$

346

 

$

303

 

14

%

 

Net revenues totaled $4.5 billion and $3.8 billion in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Net revenues grew 17% in 2006 compared with 2005, reflecting the highest quarterly net revenues in each of our three business segments and in each geographic region. Investment Banking business segment revenue rose 22% to a record $835 million in 2006, compared with $683 million in 2005, propelled by record net revenues in Global Finance-Debt, strong Advisory Services and solid Global Finance-Equity net revenues. Capital Markets business segment net revenue rose 13% in 2006 compared with 2005, reflecting record results for both Fixed Income and Equities. Investment Management business segment net revenue rose 33% in 2006 to a record $580 million compared with 2005, led by our highest level of Asset Management revenues on higher assets under management, as well as higher incentive fee revenues. See “Business Segments” in this MD&A for a detailed discussion of net revenues by business segment.

 

Principal Transactions, Commissions and Net Interest Revenues

 

In both the Capital Markets and Investment Management business segments, we evaluate net revenue performance based on the aggregate of Principal transactions, Commissions and Interest and dividends revenue net of Interest expense (“Net interest revenue”). These revenue categories include realized and unrealized gains and losses, commissions associated with client transactions and the interest and dividend revenue or interest expense associated with financing or hedging positions. Caution should be used when analyzing these revenue categories individually because they may not be indicative of the overall performance of the Capital Markets and Investment Management business segments. Principal transactions, Commissions and Net interest revenue in the aggregate rose 13% in 2006 compared with 2005.

 

44



 

Principal transactions revenue increased 13% in 2006 compared with 2005, driven by improvements across both fixed income and equity Capital Markets products, including a higher contribution from non-U.S. regions. Fixed income capital market products saw solid revenues in interest rate products, credit products and real estate, partially offset by a decline in U.S. residential mortgage revenues. The 2006 increase in net revenues from equity capital market products was driven by higher trading volumes and improved equity valuations globally, as well as increased financing activities.

 

Commission revenues rose 15% in 2006 compared with 2005 on higher global trading volumes, but remained virtually flat from the fourth quarter of 2005 levels as certain high-net-worth clients have transitioned to fee based arrangements.

 

Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities (primarily financial instruments owned and sold but not yet purchased, and collateralized borrowing and lending activities), the prevailing level of interest rates and the term structure of our financings. Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense are integral components of our evaluation of our overall Capital Markets activities. Net interest revenue in 2006 rose 14% compared with 2005, due to higher levels of interest and dividend earning assets. Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense rose 59% and 63%, respectively, in 2006 compared with 2005, attributable to higher short-term interest rates coupled with higher levels of interest- and dividend-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Investment Banking

 

Investment banking revenues result from fees received for underwriting public and private offerings of fixed income and equity securities, fees and other revenues associated with advising clients on M&A activities, as well as other corporate financing activities. Investment banking revenues rose to record levels in 2006, increasing 22% compared with 2005. The 2006 results reflected our highest levels of revenues in Global Finance-Debt as well as strong Advisory Services and solid Global Finance-Equity revenues. See “Business Segments-Investment Banking” in this MD&A for a discussion and analysis of our Investment Banking business segment.

 

Asset Management and Other

 

Asset management and other revenues primarily result from advisory activities in the Investment Management business segment. Asset management and other revenues rose 54% in 2006 compared with 2005. The growth in 2006 reflects higher asset management fees attributable to the growth in assets under management, coupled with higher private equity management and incentive fees, as well as the transition of certain high-net-worth clients to fee based arrangements.

 

Non-Interest Expenses

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Compensation and benefits

 

$

2,199

 

$

1,886

 

17

%

Non-personnel expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technology and communications

 

228

 

200

 

14

 

Brokerage, clearance and distribution fees

 

141

 

131

 

8

 

Occupancy

 

141

 

119

 

18

 

Professional fees

 

72

 

62

 

16

 

Business development

 

60

 

53

 

13

 

Other

 

69

 

53

 

30

 

Total non-personnel expenses

 

711

 

618

 

15

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

$

2,910

 

$

2,504

 

16

%

Compensation and benefits/Net revenues

 

49.3

%

49.5

%

 

 

Non-personnel expenses/Net revenues

 

15.9

%

16.2

%

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses rose 16% to $2.9 billion in 2006 compared with $2.5 billion in 2005. Significant portions of certain expense categories are variable, including compensation and benefits, brokerage, clearance and distribution, and business development. We expect these variable expenses as a percentage of net revenues to remain in approximately the same proportions for the remainder of 2006. We continue to maintain a strict discipline in managing expenses.

 

45



 

Compensation and benefits. Compensation and benefits rose 17% to $2.2 billion in 2006 compared with $1.9 billion in 2005. Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of net revenues decreased to 49.3% in 2006 from 49.5% in 2005. Employees totaled approximately 22,900 at February 28, 2006, unchanged from November 30, 2005, and up from approximately 20,300 at February 28, 2005. Compensation and benefits expense includes both fixed and variable components. Fixed compensation, consisting primarily of salaries, benefits and amortization of previous years’ deferred equity awards, totaled $1.0 billion and $846 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, an increase of 21%. The growth of fixed compensation was due primarily to the increase in headcount from 2005. Variable compensation, consisting primarily of incentive compensation, commissions and severance, totaled $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion in 2006 and 2005, respectively, up 13%, as higher net revenues resulted in higher incentive compensation. Amortization of deferred stock compensation awards was $249 million and $168 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Non-personnel expenses. Non-personnel expenses rose 15% to $711 million in 2006 compared with $618 million in 2005. Non-personnel expenses as a percentage of net revenues were 15.9% and 16.2% in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase in non-personnel expenses in 2006 compared with 2005 is primarily attributable to increased technology and communications, occupancy and other costs associated with higher levels of business activity.

 

Technology and communications expenses rose 14% in 2006 compared with 2005 reflecting increased costs associated with the continued expansion and development of our Capital Markets platforms and infrastructure. Occupancy expenses increased 18% in 2006 compared with 2005 due in part to increased space requirements from the increased number of employees, as well as costs associated with the rationalization of certain space requirements. Brokerage, clearance and distribution expenses rose 8% in 2006 compared with 2005, due primarily to higher transaction volumes in certain Capital Markets products. Professional fees and business development expenses increased 15% in 2006 compared with 2005 due primarily to the higher levels of business activity. Other expenses increased 30% in 2006 compared with 2005 due to a number of factors, including an increase in charitable contributions.

 

Income Taxes

 

The provisions for income taxes totaled $513 million and $431 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively. These provisions resulted in effective tax rates of 33.1% and 33.0% for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Business Segments

 

We operate in three business segments: Investment Banking, Capital Markets and Investment Management. These business segments generate revenues from institutional, corporate, government and high-net-worth individual clients across each of the revenue categories in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Net revenues also contain certain internal allocations, including funding costs and regional transfer pricing which are centrally managed.

 

The following table summarizes the net revenues of our business segments:

 

Business Segments

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Banking

 

$

835

 

$

683

 

22

%

Capital Markets

 

3,046

 

2,690

 

13

 

Investment Management

 

580

 

437

 

33

 

Total net revenues

 

4,461

 

3,810

 

17

 

Compensation and benefits

 

2,199

 

1,886

 

17

 

Non-personnel expenses

 

711

 

618

 

15

 

Income before taxes

 

$

1,551

 

$

1,306

 

19

%

 

46



 

Investment Banking

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Investment banking revenues

 

$

835

 

$

683

 

22

%

Non-interest expenses

 

605

 

469

 

29

 

Income before taxes

 

$

230

 

$

214

 

7

%

 

The Investment Banking business segment is made up of Advisory Services and Global Finance activities that serve our corporate and government clients. The segment is organized into global industry groups—Communications, Consumer/Retailing, Financial Institutions, Financial Sponsors, Healthcare, Industrial, Media, Natural Resources, Power, Real Estate and Technology—that include bankers who deliver industry knowledge and expertise to meet clients’ objectives. Specialized product groups within Advisory Services include M&A and restructuring. Global Finance serves our clients’ capital raising needs through underwriting, private placements, leveraged finance and other activities associated with debt and equity products. Product groups are partnered with relationship managers in the global industry groups to provide comprehensive financial solutions for clients.

 

Investment Banking Revenues(1)

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Global Finance—Debt

 

$

410

 

$

326

 

26

%

Global Finance—Equity

 

199

 

188

 

6

 

Advisory Services

 

226

 

169

 

34

 

Investment Banking Revenues

 

$

835

 

$

683

 

22

%

 

Investment Banking revenues rose 22% in 2006 compared with 2005, to our highest quarterly Investment Banking revenues ever reported, reflecting record Global Finance—Debt, significant growth in Advisory Services and solid Global Finance—Equity revenues. This was the third consecutive quarter of record revenues for the Investment Banking business segment.

 

Global Finance—Debt revenues rose 26% to a record $410 million in 2006 compared with the robust 2005 period. Revenues in 2006 were driven by global investment grade underwriting, as relatively low interest rates, a flatter yield curve and tight credit spreads prompted an increase in issuances, particularly in longer-dated securities. Revenues in 2006 also benefited from a higher level of client-driven derivative and other capital market-related transactions with our investment banking clients providing fees of $132 million, compared with fees of $48 million in 2005. Our debt origination fee backlog at February 28, 2006 was approximately $148 million. Debt origination backlog may not be indicative of the level of future business due to the frequent use of the shelf registration process.

 

Global Finance—Equity revenues grew 6% in 2006 to $199 million compared with 2005. Our publicly reported equity underwriting volumes rose 57% in 2006 compared with 2005, significantly outpacing the market volume increase of 16% over the same period. Within equity origination, convertibles, driven by increased volatility, were particularly strong, where industry wide volumes increased 46%, and our volumes increased 294%. Our equity-related fee backlog (for both filed and unfiled transactions) at February 28, 2006 was approximately $284 million.

 

Advisory Services revenues were at our second highest level since 2000 at $226 million in 2006, up 34% compared with 2005. Our completed and announced transaction volumes increased 124% and 62%, respectively, in 2006 compared with 2005, significantly outpacing the increases in industry-wide completed and announced transaction volumes of 55% and 23%, respectively, over this period. M&A volumes benefited from rising equity indices as well as increased financial sponsor and strategic acquisition activity. Our M&A fee backlog at February 28, 2006 was approximately $240 million.

 


(1)     Debt and equity underwriting volumes are based on full credit for single-book managers and equal credit for joint-book managers. Debt underwriting volumes include both publicly registered and Rule 144A issues of high-grade and high-yield bonds, sovereign, agency and taxable municipal debt, non-convertible preferred stock and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Equity underwriting volumes include both publicly registered and Rule 144A issues of common stock and convertibles. Because publicly reported debt and equity underwriting volumes do not necessarily correspond to the amount of securities actually underwritten and do not include certain private placements and other transactions, and because revenue rates vary among transactions, publicly reported debt and equity underwriting volumes may not be indicative of revenues in a given period. Additionally, because Advisory Services volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction, and because revenue rates vary among transactions, Advisory Services volumes may not be indicative of revenues in a given period.

 

47



 

Non-interest expenses rose 29% in 2006 compared with 2005, attributable to an increase in compensation and benefits expense related to improved performance, and higher non-personnel expenses related to increased business activity.

 

Income before taxes increased 7% to $230 million in 2006 from $214 million in 2005.

 

Capital Markets

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Principal transactions

 

$

2,351

 

$

2,096

 

12

%

Commissions

 

322

 

280

 

15

 

Interest and dividends

 

6,190

 

3,867

 

60

 

Other

 

21

 

12

 

75

 

Total revenues

 

8,884

 

6,255

 

42

 

Interest expense

 

5,838

 

3,565

 

64

 

Net revenues

 

3,046

 

2,690

 

13

 

Non-interest expenses

 

1,844

 

1,676

 

10

 

Income before taxes

 

$

1,202

 

$

1,014

 

19

%

 

The Capital Markets business segment includes institutional client-flow activities, prime brokerage, research, mortgage origination and securitization, and secondary-trading and financing activities in fixed income and equity products. These products include a wide range of cash, derivative, secured financing and structured instruments and investments. We are a leading global market-maker in numerous equity and fixed income products including U.S., European and Asian equities, government and agency securities, money market products, corporate high-grade, high-yield and emerging market securities, mortgage and asset-backed securities, preferred stock, municipal securities, bank loans, foreign exchange, financing and derivative products. We are one of the largest investment banks in terms of U.S. and Pan-European listed equities trading volume, and we maintain a major presence in over-the-counter (“OTC”) U.S. stocks, major Asian large capitalization stocks, warrants, convertible debentures and capital securities. In addition, the secured financing business manages our equity and fixed income matched book activities, supplies secured financing to institutional clients and provides secured funding for our inventory of equity and fixed income products. The Capital Markets segment also includes proprietary activities as well as principal investing in real estate and private equity.

 

Capital Markets Net Revenues

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Fixed Income

 

$

2,102

 

$

2,068

 

2

%

Equities

 

944

 

622

 

52

%

Capital Markets Net Revenues

 

$

3,046

 

$

2,690

 

13

%

 

Capital Markets net revenues increased 13% to a record $3.0 billion in the first quarter of 2006 from $2.7 billion in 2005. Revenues in 2006 were driven by record revenues from both Equities and Fixed Income Capital Markets, including a higher contribution from non-U.S. regions.

 

Fixed Income net revenues were a record $2.1 billion in 2006, increasing 2% compared with 2005 driven by interest rate products, credit products and real estate, partially offset by a decline in U.S. residential mortgage revenues. Interest rate product revenues were a record in 2006, as concerns over rising interest rates and the inverted shape of the yield curve led to significant client activity in repositioning portfolios and adjusting hedging strategies, particularly in Europe and Asia. Credit products performed extremely well in 2006. High-grade product revenues were a record in 2006, benefiting from significantly increased origination volumes and secondary trading flows, while high-yield products benefited from a combination of a strong origination calendar, tighter secondary credit spreads, and a benign outlook for default rates. Our commercial mortgage and real estate business performed well in 2006 as global demand for this asset class remained high. Revenues in our U.S. residential mortgage businesses declined in 2006 compared to 2005, reflecting a decrease in our origination volumes and the further compression of securitization margins. Global residential mortgage origination volumes decreased to approximately $16 billion in 2006 from $20 billion in 2005 due to the negative effects of rising interest rates and a softening U.S. housing market. These weaker U.S. mortgage results were partially offset by increased origination and securitization activity

 

48



 

in our European mortgage businesses as well as continued strength in global securitization volumes. We securitized approximately $34 billion and $25 billion of residential mortgage loans in 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Equities revenues rose 52% in 2006 compared with 2005, reflecting strong client flow activities in both the derivatives and cash businesses, as well as improved market opportunities as global market volumes and valuations rose on positive economic data and strong earnings reports. Equity derivatives realized record revenues for the second consecutive quarter, as client activity was strong in structured products due to an increased level of volatility in Europe and Asia and lower levels of correlation across markets. The prime broker and financing business continued to grow, both in terms of the number of clients and balances, particularly as we expanded our capabilities in Asia. Favorable equity markets and an active M&A environment also created opportunities in the merger arbitrage business for the quarter.

 

Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities (primarily financial instruments owned and collateralized activities), the prevailing level of interest rates and the term structure of our financings. Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense are integral components of our evaluation of our overall Capital Markets activities. Net interest revenue in 2006 increased 17% compared with 2005, due to higher levels of interest and dividend-earning assets. Interest and dividends revenue and Interest expense rose 60% and 64%, respectively, in 2006 compared with 2005, attributable to higher short-term interest rates coupled with higher levels of interest- and dividend-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Non-interest expenses increased to $1.8 billion in 2006 from $1.7 billion in 2005. The growth in non-interest expenses reflects higher compensation and benefits expense related to improved revenue performance coupled with higher non-personnel expenses. Non-personnel expenses grew primarily due to increased technology and communications expenses, attributable to the continued investments in our trading platforms, and higher brokerage and clearance costs and professional fees on increased business activities. Occupancy expenses also increased due to growth in the number of employees.

 

Income before taxes totaled $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion in 2006 and 2005, respectively, up 19%.

 

Investment Management

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Principal transactions

 

$

122

 

$

99

 

23

%

Commissions

 

150

 

131

 

15

 

Interest and dividends

 

2

 

17

 

(88

)

Asset management and other

 

314

 

206

 

52

 

Total revenues

 

588

 

453

 

30

 

Interest expense

 

8

 

16

 

(50

)

Net revenues

 

580

 

437

 

33

 

Non-interest expenses

 

461

 

359

 

28

 

Income before taxes

 

$

119

 

$

78

 

53

%

 

The Investment Management business segment consists of the Asset Management and Private Investment Management businesses. Asset Management generates fee-based revenues from customized investment management services for high-net-worth clients, as well as fees from mutual fund and other institutional investors. Asset Management also generates management and incentive fees from our role as general partner for private equity and other alternative investment partnerships. Private Investment Management provides comprehensive investment, wealth advisory and capital markets execution services to high-net-worth and middle market clients.

 

Investment Management Net Revenues

 

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Asset Management

 

$

368

 

$

234

 

57

%

Private Investment Management

 

212

 

203

 

4

 

Investment Management Net Revenues

 

$

580

 

$

437

 

33

%

 

49



 

Assets Under Management

 

In billions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Opening balance

 

$

175

 

$

137

 

28

%

Net additions

 

9

 

7

 

29

 

Net market appreciation

 

4

 

4

 

 

Total increase

 

13

 

11

 

18

 

Balance, February 28

 

$

188

 

$

148

 

27

%

 

Composition of Assets Under Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent Change

 

 

 

February 28,

 

November 30,

 

February 28,

 

February 2006

 

In billions

 

2006

 

2005

 

2005

 

November 2005

 

February 2005

 

Money markets

 

$

32

 

$

29

 

$

22

 

10

%

45

%

Fixed income

 

56

 

55

 

54

 

2

 

4

 

Equity

 

83

 

75

 

59

 

11

 

41

 

Alternative investments

 

17

 

16

 

13

 

6

 

31

 

 

 

$

188

 

$

175

 

$

148

 

7

%

27

%

 

Net revenues increased 33% to $580 million in 2006 compared with 2005, as Asset Management achieved record results.

 

Asset Management net revenues increased 57% in 2006 compared with 2005, attributable to a combination of higher levels of assets under management, increased incentive fees, and a shift in asset composition into higher-margin equity based products. Asset inflows have been strongest in the Neuberger mutual fund and private asset management areas, as well as in our alternative investment products. Asset Management incentive fees increased to $44 million in 2006 from $17 million in 2005.

 

Assets under management rose to a record $188 billion at February 28, 2006, up from $175 billion at November 30, 2005, reflecting net inflows of $9 billion complemented by net market appreciation of $4 billion. Assets under management at February 28, 2006 increased $40 billion or 27% compared with February 28, 2005.

 

Private Investment Management net revenues rose 4% in 2006 compared with 2005, reflecting an increase in equity activity as investors repositioned into equity products amid rising global equity markets.

 

Non-interest expenses increased to $461 million in 2006 compared with $359 million in 2005 primarily due to higher compensation and benefits expense as we continue to build the business.

 

Income before taxes increased 53% to $119 million in 2006 compared with $78 million in 2005.

 

Geographic Revenues

 

Net Revenues by Geographic Region

 

In millions

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

Quarter ended February

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Europe

 

$

1,121

 

$

971

 

15

%

Asia Pacific and other

 

606

 

362

 

67

 

Total Non-U.S.

 

1,727

 

1,333

 

30

 

U.S.

 

2,734

 

2,477

 

10

 

Net revenues

 

$

4,461

 

$

3,810

 

17

%

 

Record non-U.S. net revenues of $1.7 billion in 2006 rose 30% compared with $1.3 billion in 2005, and represented 39% and 35% of total net revenues in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The improved net revenues in 2006 compared with 2005 was due to significant growth in the Capital Markets and Investment Banking business segments reflecting record results for Fixed Income Capital Markets in both Europe and Asia Pacific regions.

 

50



 

Net revenues in Europe rose 15% in 2006 compared with 2005, reflecting record revenues in Fixed Income Capital Markets coupled with Investment Banking’s second-highest revenue quarter ever reported. Fixed Income Capital Markets net revenues were driven by higher client flow in interest rate and structured products, strong performance in the credit businesses and a strong contribution from our European mortgage origination platform. Equities Capital Markets net revenues improved in 2006 compared with 2005, consistent with improved European equity markets. In Investment Banking, all products—equity and debt underwriting and Advisory Services—improved in 2006 compared with 2005.

 

Net revenues in Asia Pacific and other rose 67% in 2006 compared with 2005, driven by interest rate products in Fixed Income Capital Markets, as well as growth in derivatives-related Equities Capital Markets net revenues. The 2006 results also reflected a growing Investment Management presence.

 

Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources

 

Management’s Finance Committee is responsible for developing, implementing and enforcing our liquidity, funding and capital policies. These policies include recommendations for capital and balance sheet size as well as the allocation of capital and balance sheet to the business units. Management’s Finance Committee oversees compliance with policies and limits with the goal of ensuring we are not exposed to undue liquidity, funding or capital risk.

 

Liquidity Risk Management

 

We view liquidity and liquidity management as critically important to the Company. Our liquidity strategy seeks to ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity to meet all of our funding obligations in all market environments. Our liquidity strategy is centered on five principles:

 

      We maintain a liquidity pool available to Holdings that is of sufficient size to cover expected cash outflows over the next twelve months in a stressed liquidity environment.

 

      We rely on secured funding only to the extent that we believe it would be available in all market environments.

 

      We aim to diversify our funding sources to minimize reliance on any given providers.

 

      Liquidity is assessed at the entity level. For example, because our legal entity structure can constrain liquidity available to Holdings, our liquidity pool excludes liquidity that is restricted from availability to Holdings.

 

      We maintain a comprehensive Funding Action Plan that represents a detailed action plan to manage a stress liquidity event, including a communication plan for regulators, creditors, investors and clients.

 

Liquidity pool. We maintain a liquidity pool available to Holdings that covers expected cash outflows for twelve months in a stressed liquidity environment. In assessing the required size of our liquidity pool, we assume that assets outside the liquidity pool cannot be sold to generate cash, unsecured debt cannot be issued, and any cash and unencumbered liquid collateral outside of the liquidity pool cannot be used to support the liquidity of Holdings. Our liquidity pool is sized to cover expected cash outflows associated with the following items:

 

      The repayment of all unsecured debt maturing in the next twelve months ($12.2 billion at February 28, 2006).

 

      The funding of commitments to extend credit made by Holdings and its unregulated subsidiaries based on a probabilistic analysis of these drawdowns. The funding of commitments to extend credit made by our regulated subsidiaries is covered by the liquidity pools maintained by these subsidiaries. (See “Summary of Contractual Obligations and Commitments— Lending-Related Commitments” in this MD&A and Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

      The impact of adverse changes on secured funding — either in the form of wider “haircuts” (the difference between the market and pledge value of assets) or in the form of reduced borrowing availability.

 

      The anticipated funding requirements of equity repurchases as we manage our equity base (including offsetting the dilutive effect of our employee incentive plans). (See “Equity Management” below.)

 

In addition, the liquidity pool is sized to cover the impact of a one notch downgrade of Holdings’ long-term debt ratings, including the additional collateral required for our derivative contracts and other secured funding arrangements. (See “Credit Ratings” below.)

 

51



 

The liquidity pool is primarily invested in highly liquid instruments including: money market funds, bank deposits, and U.S., European and Japanese Government bonds, and U.S. agency securities, with the balance invested in liquid securities that we believe have a highly reliable pledge value. We calculate our liquidity pool on a daily basis.

 

At February 28, 2006, the estimated pledge value of the liquidity pool available to Holdings was $16.8 billion, which is in excess of the items discussed above. Additionally, our regulated subsidiaries, such as our broker-dealers and bank institutions maintain their own liquidity pools to cover their stand-alone one year expected cash funding needs in a stressed liquidity environment. The estimated pledge value of the liquidity pools held by our regulated subsidiaries totaled an additional $41.5 billion at February 28, 2006.

 

Funding of assets. We fund assets based on their liquidity characteristics, and utilize cash capital for our long-term funding needs. Our funding strategy incorporates the following factors:

 

      Liquid assets (i.e., assets for which a reliable secured funding market exists across all market environments including government bonds, U.S. agency securities, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and high quality equity securities) are primarily funded on a secured basis.

 

      Secured funding “haircuts” are funded with cash capital(1).

 

      Illiquid assets (e.g., fixed assets, intangible assets, and margin postings) and less liquid inventory positions (e.g., derivatives, private equity investments, certain corporate loans, certain commercial mortgages and real estate positions) are funded with cash capital.

 

      Unencumbered assets, irrespective of asset quality, that are not part of the liquidity pool are also funded with cash capital. These assets are typically unencumbered because of operational and asset-specific factors (e.g., securities moving between depots). We do not assume a change in these factors during a stressed liquidity event.

 

As part of our funding strategy, we also take steps to mitigate our main sources of contingent liquidity risk as follows:

 

      Commitments to extend credit - Cash capital is utilized to cover expected funding of commitments to extend credit. See “Summary of Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Lending-Related Commitments” in this MD&A.

 

      Ratings downgrade - Cash capital is utilized to cover the liquidity impact of a one notch downgrade on Holdings. A rating downgrade would increase the amount of collateral to be posted against our derivative contracts and other secured funding arrangements. See “Credit Ratings” below.

 

      Customer financing - We provide secured financing to our clients typically through repurchase and prime broker agreements. These financing activities can create liquidity risk if the availability and terms of our secured borrowing agreements adversely change during a stressed liquidity event and we are unable to reflect these changes in our client financing agreements. We mitigate this risk by entering into term secured borrowing agreements, in which we can fund different types of collateral at pre-determined collateralization levels, and by the liquidity pools maintained at our broker-dealers.

 

Our policy is to operate with an excess of long-term funding sources over our long-term funding requirements. We seek to maintain a cash capital surplus at Holdings of at least $2 billion. As of February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, our cash capital surplus at Holdings totaled $5.2 and $6.2 billion, respectively. Additionally, cash capital surpluses in regulated entities at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005 amounted to $9.6 and $8.1 billion, respectively.

 

Diversification of funding sources. We seek to diversify our funding sources. We issue long-term debt in multiple currencies and across a wide range of maturities to tap many investor bases, thereby reducing our reliance on any one source.

 

      During 2006, we issued $7.5 billion of long-term borrowings. Long-term borrowings increased to $66.1 billion at February 28, 2006 from $62.3 billion at November 30, 2005, with weighted-average maturities of 6.0 years and 5.9 years, respectively—above our targeted minimum weighted-average maturity of four years.

 


(1)     Cash capital consists of stockholders’ equity, core deposit liabilities at our bank subsidiaries, the undrawn portion of committed credit facilities with greater than one-year remaining life and liabilities with remaining terms of over one year.

 

52



 

      We diversify our issuances geographically to minimize refinancing risk and broaden our debt-holder base. As of February 28, 2006, 46% of our long-term debt was issued outside the United States.

 

      We typically issue in a single maturity in sufficient size to create a liquid benchmark issuance (i.e., sufficient size to be included in the Lehman Bond Index, a widely used index for fixed income asset managers).

 

      In order to minimize refinancing risk, we set limits for the amount of long-term borrowings maturing over any three, six and twelve month horizon at 10%, 15% and 25% of outstanding long-term borrowings, respectively—that is, $6.6 billion, $9.9 billion and $16.5 billion, respectively, at February 28, 2006. If we were to operate with debt above these levels, we would not include the additional amount as a source of cash capital.

 

Extendible issuances (in which, unless debt holders instruct us to redeem their debt instruments at least one year prior to stated maturity, the maturity date of these instruments is automatically extended) are included in these limits at their earliest maturity date. Based on experience, we expect the majority of these extendibles to remain outstanding beyond their earliest maturity date in a normal market environment and “roll” through the long-term-borrowings maturity profile.

 

Other long-term debt is accounted for in our long-term-borrowings maturity profile at its contractual maturity date if the debt is redeemable at our option. Long-term debt that is repayable at par at the holder’s option is included in these limits at its put date.

 

The quarterly long-term borrowings maturity schedule over the next five years at February 28, 2006 is as follows:

 

Long-Term Borrowings Maturity Profile Chart

 

 

      We use both committed and uncommitted bilateral and syndicated long-term bank facilities to complement our long-term debt issuance. In particular, Holdings maintains an unsecured revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of banks under which the banks have committed to provide up to $2.0 billion through February 22, 2009. We also maintain a $1.0 billion multi-currency unsecured, committed revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks for Lehman Brothers Bankhaus AG (“LBBAG”), with a term of three and a half years expiring in April 2008. Our ability to borrow under such facilities is conditioned on complying with customary lending conditions and covenants. We have maintained compliance with the material covenants under these credit agreements at all times.

 

53



 

      Bank facilities provide us with further diversification and flexibility. For example, we draw on our committed syndicated credit facilities described above on a regular basis (typically 25% to 30% of the time on a weighted- average basis) to provide us with additional sources of long-term funding on an as-needed basis. We have the ability to prepay and redraw any number of times and to retain the proceeds for any term up to the maturity date of the facility. As a result, we see these facilities as having the same liquidity value as long-term borrowings with the same maturity dates, and we include the loans in our reported long-term borrowings at the facility’s stated final maturity date to the extent that they are outstanding as of the reporting date.

 

      As of February 28, 2006, Holdings’ credit agreement was fully drawn, with a stated maturity of February 22, 2009. There were no borrowings outstanding under LBBAG’s credit facility. Subsequent to quarter-end, Holdings’ draw was repaid in $1 billion increments on March 1, and March 7, 2006 with proceeds from long-term debt issuances. This drawdown is included in the above table at its contractual maturity date during the first quarter of 2009.

 

      We own three bank entities: Lehman Brothers Bank, a U.S.-based thrift institution, Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank, a U.S.-based industrial bank, and Lehman Brothers Bankhaus, a German bank. These regulated bank entities operate in a deposit-protected environment and are able to source low-cost unsecured funds that are primarily term deposits. These are generally insulated from a Company-specific or market liquidity event, thereby providing a reliable funding source for our mortgage products and selected loan assets and increasing our funding diversification. Overall, these bank institutions have raised $18.6 billion and $14.8 billion of customer deposit liabilities as of February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

Legal Entity Structure. Our legal entity structure can constrain liquidity available to Holdings. Some of our legal entities, particularly our regulated broker-dealers and bank institutions, are restricted in the amount of funds that they can distribute or lend to Holdings.

 

      As of February 28, 2006, Holdings’ Total Equity Capital (defined as total stockholders’ equity of $17.5 billion plus $2.6 billion of junior subordinated notes) amounted to $20.1 billion. We believe Total Equity Capital to be a more meaningful measure of our equity than stockholders’ equity because junior subordinated notes are deeply subordinated and have maturities of at least 30 years at issuance. Leading rating agencies view these securities as equity capital for purposes of calculating net leverage. We aim to maintain a primary equity double leverage ratio (the ratio of equity investments in Holdings’ subsidiaries to its Total Equity Capital) of 1.0x or below. Our primary equity double leverage ratio was 0.85x as of February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005.

 

      Certain regulated subsidiaries are funded with subordinated debt issuances and/or subordinated loans from Holdings, which are counted as regulatory capital for those subsidiaries. Our policy is to fund subordinated debt advances by Holdings to subsidiaries for use as regulatory capital with long-term debt issued by Holdings having a maturity at least one year greater than the maturity of the subordinated debt advance.

 

Funding Action Plan. We have developed and regularly update a Funding Action Plan, which represents a detailed action plan to manage a stress liquidity event, including a communication plan for regulators, creditors, investors and clients. The Funding Action Plan considers two types of liquidity stress events—a Company-specific event, where there are no issues with the overall market liquidity; and a broader market-wide event, which affects not just our Company but the entire market.

 

In a Company-specific event, we assume we would lose access to the unsecured funding market for a full year and have to rely on the liquidity pool available to Holdings to continue to fund our balance sheet.

 

In a market liquidity event, in addition to the pressure of a Company-specific event, we also assume that, because the event is market wide, some counterparties to whom we have extended liquidity facilities draw on these facilities. To mitigate the effect of a market liquidity event, we have developed access to additional liquidity sources beyond the liquidity pool at Holdings. These sources include unutilized funding capacity in our bank entities, a conduit pre-funded with short-term liquid instruments, and unutilized capacity in our bank facilities. (See “Funding of Assets” above.)

 

We perform regular assessments of our funding requirements in stress liquidity scenarios to best ensure we can meet all our funding obligations in all market environments.

 

54



 

Cash Flows

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased $1.8 billion at February 28, 2006 compared with November 30, 2005, as net cash used in operating activities of $2.5 billion—attributable primarily to growth in financial instruments and other inventory positions owned—coupled with net cash used in investing activities of $213 million was less than net cash provided by financing activities of $4.5 billion. Cash and cash equivalents increased $491 million at February 28, 2005 compared with November 30, 2004, as net cash provided by financing activities of $3.6 billion exceeded net cash used in operating activities of $3.0 billion—attributable primarily to growth in financial instruments and other inventory positions owned—coupled with net cash used in investing activities of $63 million.

 

Balance Sheet and Financial Leverage

 

Assets. Our balance sheet consists primarily of Cash and cash equivalents, Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, and collateralized financing agreements. The liquid nature of these assets provides us with flexibility in financing and managing our business. The majority of these assets are funded on a secured basis through collateralized financing agreements.

 

Our total assets at February 28, 2006 increased 7% to $440 billion at February 28, 2006 compared with $410 billion at November 30, 2005, primarily due to an increase in secured financing transactions and net assets. Net assets at February 28, 2006 increased $16 billion primarily due to increases in government and agencies, corporates and money market inventory positions. We believe net assets is a more useful measure than total assets when comparing companies in the securities industry because it excludes certain assets considered to have a low risk profile (including Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes, Securities received as collateral, Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed) and Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. This definition of net assets is used by many of our creditors and leading rating agencies to evaluate companies in the securities industry. Under this definition, net assets were $227 billion and $211 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively, as follows:

 

Net Assets

 

 

 

February 28,

 

November 30,

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2005

 

Total assets

 

$

439,796

 

$

410,063

 

Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes

 

(5,569

)

(5,744

)

Securities received as collateral

 

(5,001

)

(4,975

)

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

(110,005

)

(106,209

)

Securities borrowed

 

(88,891

)

(78,455

)

Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill

 

(3,282

)

(3,256

)

Net assets

 

$

227,048

 

$

211,424

 

 

Our net assets consist of inventory necessary to facilitate client flow activities and, to a lesser degree, proprietary activities. As such, our mix of net assets is subject to change. In addition, due to the nature of our client flow activities and based on our business outlook, the overall size of our balance sheet will fluctuate from time to time and, at specific points in time, may be higher than the year-end or quarter-end amounts. Our total assets at quarter-ends were, on average, approximately 5% lower than amounts based on a monthly average over both the four and eight quarters ended February 28, 2006. Our net assets at quarter-ends were, on average, approximately 6% lower than amounts based on a monthly average over both the four and eight quarters ended February 28, 2006.

 

Leverage Ratios. Balance sheet leverage ratios are one measure used to evaluate the capital adequacy of a company. The gross leverage ratio is calculated as total assets divided by total stockholders’ equity. Our gross leverage ratios were 25.1x and 24.4x at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. However, we believe net leverage based on net assets as defined above (which excludes certain assets considered to have a low risk profile and Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill) divided by tangible equity capital (Total stockholders’ equity plus Junior subordinated notes less Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill), to be a more meaningful measure of leverage in evaluating companies in the securities industry. Our net leverage ratio of 13.5x at February 28, 2006 declined from 13.6x at November 30, 2005 as we increased our tangible equity capital proportionately more than we increased our net assets. We believe tangible equity capital to be a more representative measure of our equity for purposes of calculating net leverage because Junior subordinated notes are subordinated and have maturities at issuance from 30 to 49 years and we do not view the amount of equity used to support Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill as available to support our remaining net assets. This definition of net leverage is used by many of our creditors and

 

55



 

leading rating agencies. Tangible equity capital and net leverage are computed as follows at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005:

 

Tangible Equity Capital and Net Leverage

 

 

 

February 28,

 

November 30,

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2005

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

17,493

 

$

16,794

 

Junior subordinated notes(1)

 

2,623

 

2,026

 

Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill

 

(3,282

)

(3,256

)

Tangible equity capital

 

$

16,834

 

$

15,564

 

Gross leverage

 

25.1

x

24.4

x

Net leverage

 

13.5

x

13.6

x

 


(1)           See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Net assets, tangible equity capital and net leverage as presented above are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures provided by other companies in the securities industry because of different methods of calculation.

 

Equity Management

 

The management of equity is a critical aspect of our capital management. The determination of the appropriate amount of equity is affected by a number of factors, including the amount of “risk equity” needed, the capital required by our regulators, balance sheet leverage and the dilutive effects of equity-based employee awards. Equity requirements constantly are changing, and we actively monitor risk requirements and potential investment opportunities. We continuously look at investment alternatives for our equity with the objective of maximizing shareholder value. In addition, in managing our capital, returning capital to shareholders by repurchasing shares is among the alternatives considered.

 

We maintain a stock repurchase program to manage our equity capital. Our stock repurchase program is effected through regular open-market purchases, as well as through employee transactions where employees tender shares of common stock to pay for the exercise price of stock options, and the required tax withholding obligations upon option exercises and conversion of restricted stock units to freely-tradable common stock. During 2006, we repurchased approximately 5.7 million shares of our common stock through open-market purchases at an aggregate cost of approximately $766 million, or $134.46 per share. In addition, we withheld approximately 1.3 million shares of common stock from employees at an equivalent cost of $184 million.

 

For 2006, our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase, subject to market conditions, of up to 40 million shares of Holdings common stock for the management of our equity capital, including approximately 30 million shares estimated for offsetting the 2006 dilution due to equity-based award plans. Our Board also authorized the repurchase in 2006, subject to market conditions, of up to an additional 15 million shares, for the possible acceleration of repurchases to offset a portion of 2007 dilution due to equity-based award plans. This authorization supersedes the stock repurchase program authorized in January 2005.

 

56



 

Included below are the changes in our Tangible Equity Capital for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 and the year ended November 30, 2005:

 

Tangible Equity Capital

 

 

 

February 28,

 

November 30,

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2005

 

Beginning tangible equity capital

 

$

15,564

 

$

12,636

 

Net income

 

1,085

 

3,260

 

Dividends on common stock

 

(71

)

(233

)

Dividends on preferred stock

 

(16

)

(69

)

Common stock open-market repurchases

 

(766

)

(2,994

)

Common stock withheld from employees(1)

 

(184

)

(1,163

)

Equity-based award plans(2)

 

650

 

3,305

 

Net change in preferred stock

 

 

(250

)

Net change in junior subordinated notes included in tangible equity(3)

 

597

 

1,026

 

Other, net

 

(25

)

46

 

Ending tangible equity capital

 

$

16,834

 

$

15,564

 

 


(1)     Represents shares of common stock withheld in satisfaction of the exercise price of stock options and tax withholding obligations upon option exercises and conversion of restricted stock units.

(2)     This represents the sum of (i) proceeds received from employees upon the exercise of stock options, (ii) the incremental tax benefits from the issuance of stock-based awards and (iii) the value of employee services received – as represented by the amortization of deferred stock compensation.

(3)     Junior subordinated notes are subordinated and have maturities at issuance from 30 to 49 years and are utilized in calculating equity capital by leading rating agencies.

 

Credit Ratings

 

Like other companies in the securities industry, we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of unsecured financing are affected by our short-term and long-term credit ratings. Factors that may be significant to the determination of our credit ratings or otherwise affect our ability to raise short-term and long-term financing include our profit margin, our earnings trend and volatility, our cash liquidity and liquidity management, our capital structure, our risk level and risk management, our geographic and business diversification, and our relative positions in the markets in which we operate. A deterioration in any of these factors or combination of these factors may lead rating agencies to downgrade our credit ratings. This may increase the cost of, or possibly limit our access to, certain types of unsecured financings and trigger additional collateral requirements in derivative contracts and other secured funding arrangements. In addition, our debt ratings can affect certain capital markets revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps.

 

At February 28, 2006, the short- and long-term borrowings ratings of Holdings and LBI were as follows:

 

 

 

Credit Ratings

 

 

 

Holdings

 

LBI

 

 

 

Short-

 

Long-

 

Short-

 

Long-

 

 

 

term

 

term

 

Term

 

term(1)

 

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services

 

A-1

 

A+

 

A-1+

 

AA-

 

Moody’s Investors Service

 

P-1

 

A1

 

P-1

 

Aa3

 

Fitch Ratings

 

F-1+

 

A+

 

F-1+

 

A+

 

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

 

R-1 (middle

)

A (high

)

R-1 (middle

)

AA (low / A (high

)

 


(1)   Senior/subordinated.

 

At February 28, 2006, counterparties had the right to require us to post additional collateral pursuant to derivative contracts and other secured funding arrangements of approximately $1.2 billion. Additionally, at that date we would have been required to post additional collateral pursuant to such arrangements of approximately $0.1 billion in the event we were to experience a downgrade of our senior debt rating of one notch and $1.5 billion in the event we were to experience a downgrade of our senior debt rating of two notches.

 

57



 

Summary of Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into various commitments and guarantees, including lending commitments to high grade and high yield borrowers, private equity investment commitments, liquidity commitments and other guarantees. In all instances, we mark to market these commitments and guarantees, with changes in fair value recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Lending-Related Commitments

 

Through our high grade and high yield sales, trading, underwriting and mortgage origination activities, we make commitments to extend credit in loan syndication transactions. We use various hedging and funding strategies to actively manage our market, credit and liquidity exposures on these commitments. We do not believe total commitments necessarily are indicative of actual risk or funding requirements because the commitments may not be drawn or fully used and such amounts are reported before consideration of hedges. These commitments and any related drawdowns of these facilities typically have fixed maturity dates and are contingent on certain representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower. We define high yield (non-investment grade) exposures as securities of or loans to companies rated BB+ or lower or equivalent ratings by recognized credit rating agencies, as well as non-rated securities or loans that, in management’s opinion, are non-investment grade. In addition, our residential and commercial mortgage platforms in our Capital Markets business make commitments to extend mortgage loans. From time to time, we may also provide contingent commitments to investment and non-investment grade counterparties related to acquisition financing. Our expectation is, and our past practice has been, to distribute through loan syndications to investors substantially all the credit risk associated with these acquisition financing loans, if the transaction closes. We do not believe these commitments are necessarily indicative of our actual risk because the borrower may not complete a contemplated acquisition or, if the borrower completes the acquisition, often will raise funds in the capital markets instead of drawing on our commitment. In addition, our Capital Markets business enters into secured financing commitments.

 

Lending-related commitments at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period

 

Contractual Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008-

 

2010-

 

2012 and

 

February

 

November

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2007

 

2009

 

2011

 

Later

 

28, 2006

 

30, 2005

 

High grade (1)

 

$

1,938

 

$

1,994

 

$

2,885

 

$

7,510

 

$

480

 

$

14,807

 

$

14,039

 

High yield (2)

 

1,329

 

1,006

 

1,297

 

2,585

 

603

 

6,820

 

5,172

 

Investment-grade contingent acquisition facilities

 

1,468

 

 

 

 

 

1,468

 

3,915

 

Non-investment-grade contingent acquisition facilities

 

2,826

 

 

 

 

 

2,826

 

4,738

 

Mortgage commitments

 

7,326

 

489

 

326

 

150

 

1

 

8,292

 

9,417

 

Secured lending transactions, including forward starting resale and repurchase agreements

 

79,868

 

2,032

 

267

 

162

 

1,240

 

83,569

 

65,782

 

 


(1)   We view our net credit exposure for high grade commitments, after consideration of hedges, to be $5.3 billion and $5.4 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

(2)   We view our net credit exposure for high yield commitments, after consideration of hedges, to be $5.6 billion and $4.4 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our lending-related commitments.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

In the normal course of business we engage in a variety of off-balance-sheet arrangements, including derivative contracts.

 

Derivatives

 

Derivatives often are referred to as off-balance-sheet instruments because neither their notional amounts nor the underlying instruments are reflected as assets or liabilities in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

 

58



 

Instead, the market or fair values related to the derivative transactions are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as assets or liabilities in Derivatives and other contractual agreements, as applicable.

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into derivative transactions both in a trading capacity and as an end-user. We use derivative products in a trading capacity as a dealer to satisfy the financial needs of clients and to manage our own exposure to market and credit risks resulting from our trading activities (collectively, “Trading-Related Derivative Activities”). In this capacity, we transact extensively in derivatives including interest rate, credit (both single name and portfolio), foreign exchange and equity derivatives. Additionally, in 2005 the Company began trading in commodity derivatives. The use of derivative products in our trading businesses is combined with transactions in cash instruments to allow for the execution of various trading strategies. Derivatives are recorded at market or fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition on a net-by-counterparty basis when a legal right of set-off exists and are netted across products when such provisions are stated in the master netting agreement. As an end-user, we use derivative products to adjust the interest rate nature of our funding sources from fixed to floating interest rates and to change the index on which floating interest rates are based (e.g., Prime to LIBOR).

 

We conduct our derivative activities through a number of wholly-owned subsidiaries. Our fixed income derivative products business is principally conducted through our subsidiary Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc., and separately capitalized “AAA” rated subsidiaries, Lehman Brothers Financial Products Inc. and Lehman Brothers Derivative Products Inc. Our equity derivative products business is conducted through Lehman Brothers Finance S.A. and Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc. In addition, as a global investment bank, we also are a market maker in a number of foreign currencies. Counterparties to our derivative product transactions primarily are U.S. and foreign banks, securities firms, corporations, governments and their agencies, finance companies, insurance companies, investment companies and pension funds. We manage the risks associated with derivatives on an aggregate basis, along with the risks associated with our non-derivative trading and market-making activities in cash instruments, as part of our firmwide risk management policies. We use industry standard derivative contracts whenever appropriate.

 

See Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our accounting policies and our Trading-Related Derivative Activities.

 

Special Purpose Entities

 

In the normal course of business, we establish special purpose entities (“SPEs”), sell assets to SPEs, transact derivatives with SPEs, own securities or residual interests in SPEs and provide liquidity or other guarantees for SPEs. SPEs are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. There are two types of SPEs—qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”) and variable interest entities (“VIEs”). SPEs, by their nature, generally are not controlled by their equity owners, because the establishing documents govern all material decisions. Our primary involvement with SPEs relates to securitization transactions through QSPEs, in which transferred assets are sold to an SPE that issues securities supported by the cash flows generated by the assets (i.e., securitized). A QSPE can generally be described as an entity with significantly limited powers that are intended to limit it to passively holding financial assets and distributing cash flows to investors on pre-set terms. Under SFAS 140, we are not required to, and do not, consolidate QSPEs. Rather, we account for our involvement with QSPEs under a financial components approach in which we recognize any interest we retain after securitization at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

We are a market leader in mortgage (both residential and commercial), municipal and other asset-backed securitizations that are principally transacted through QSPEs. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our securitization activities.

 

In addition, we transact extensively with VIEs which do not meet the QSPE criteria due to their permitted activities not being sufficiently limited, or because the assets are not deemed qualifying financial instruments (e.g., real estate). Under FIN 46(R), we consolidate such VIEs if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of such entity. The primary beneficiary is the party that has either a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns of such entity, as defined. Examples of our involvement with VIEs include collateralized debt obligations, synthetic credit transactions, real estate investments through VIEs, and other structured financing transactions. For additional information about our involvement with VIEs, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59



 

Other Commitments and Guarantees

 

Other commitments and guarantees at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notional/

 

 

 

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period

 

Maximum Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008-

 

2010-

 

2012 and

 

February

 

November

 

In millions

 

2006

 

2007

 

2009

 

2011

 

Later

 

28, 2006

 

30, 2005

 

Derivative contracts (1)

 

$

115,188

 

$

87,885

 

$

104,265

 

$

93,052

 

$

175,785

 

$

576,175

 

$

539,461

 

Municipal-securities-related commitments

 

615

 

235

 

634

 

91

 

2,779

 

4,354

 

4,105

 

Other commitments with special purpose entities

 

3,477

 

240

 

572

 

460

 

1,032

 

5,781

 

6,321

 

Standby letters of credit

 

2,055

 

48

 

 

 

 

2,103

 

2,608

 

Private equity and other principal investment commitments

 

289

 

242

 

368

 

52

 

 

951

 

927

 

 


(1)   We believe the fair value of these derivative contracts is a more relevant measure of the obligations because we believe the notional amount overstates the expected payout. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the fair value of these derivative contracts approximated $9.5 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively.

 

See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our other commitments and guarantees.

 

Other Off-Balance-Sheet Activities

 

In the ordinary course of business we enter into various other types of off-balance-sheet arrangements. For additional information about our lending-related commitments and guarantees and our contractual obligations see “Summary of Contractual Obligations and Commitments” in this MD&A.

 

Risk Management

 

As a leading global investment bank, risk is an inherent part of our business. Global markets, by their nature, are prone to uncertainty and subject participants to a variety of risks. The principal risks we face are credit, market, liquidity, legal, reputation and operational risks. Risk management is considered to be of paramount importance in our day-to-day operations. Consequently, we devote significant resources (including investments in employees and technology) to the measurement, analysis and management of risk.

 

While risk cannot be eliminated, it can be mitigated to the greatest extent possible through a strong internal control environment. Essential in our approach to risk management is a strong internal control environment with multiple overlapping and reinforcing elements. We have developed policies and procedures to identify, measure and monitor the risks involved in our global trading, brokerage and investment banking activities. Our approach applies analytical procedures overlaid with sound practical judgment working proactively with the business areas before transactions occur to ensure that appropriate risk mitigants are in place.

 

We also seek to reduce risk through the diversification of our businesses, counterparties and activities in geographic regions. We accomplish this objective by allocating the usage of capital to each of our businesses, establishing trading limits and setting credit limits for individual counterparties. Our focus is balancing risk versus return. We seek to achieve adequate returns from each of our businesses commensurate with the risks they assume. Nonetheless, the effectiveness of our approach to managing risks can never be completely assured. For example, unexpected large or rapid movements or disruptions in one or more markets or other unforeseen developments could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The consequences of these developments can include losses due to adverse changes in inventory values, decreases in the liquidity of trading positions, increases in our credit exposure to clients and counterparties and increases in general systemic risk.

 

Our overall risk limits and risk management policies are established by the Executive Committee. On a weekly basis, our Risk Committee, which consists of the Executive Committee, the Chief Risk Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, reviews all risk exposures, position concentrations and risk-taking activities. The Global Risk Management Division (the “Division”) is independent of the trading areas and reports directly to the Firm’s Chief Administrative Officer. The Division includes credit risk management, market risk management, quantitative risk management, sovereign risk management and operational risk management. Combining these disciplines facilitates

 

60



 

a fully integrated approach to risk management. The Division maintains staff in each of our regional trading centers as well as in key sales offices. Risk management personnel have multiple levels of daily contact with trading staff and senior management at all levels within the Company. These discussions include reviews of trading positions and risk exposures.

 

Credit Risk

 

Credit risk represents the possibility that a counterparty or an issuer of securities or other financial instruments we hold will be unable to honor its contractual obligations to us. Credit risk management is therefore an integral component of our overall risk management framework. The Credit Risk Management Department (the “CRM Department”) has global responsibility for implementing our overall credit risk management framework.

 

The CRM Department manages the credit exposure related to trading activities by giving credit approval for counterparties, assigning internal risk ratings, establishing credit limits by counterparty, country and industry group and requiring master netting agreements and collateral in appropriate circumstances. The CRM Department considers the transaction size, the duration of a transaction and the potential credit exposure for complex derivative transactions in making our credit decisions. The CRM Department is responsible for the continuous monitoring and review of counterparty risk ratings, current credit exposures and potential credit exposures across all products and recommending valuation adjustments, when appropriate. Credit limits are reviewed periodically to ensure that they remain appropriate in light of market events or the counterparty’s financial condition.

 

The CRM Department also has responsibility for portfolio management of counterparty credit risks. This includes monitoring and reporting large exposures (current credit exposure and maximum potential exposure) and concentrations across countries, industries and products, as well as ensuring risk ratings are current and performing asset quality portfolio trend analyses.

 

Our Chief Risk Officer is a member of the Investment Banking Commitment, Investment and Bridge Loan Approval Committees. Members of Credit and Market Risk Management participate in committee meetings, vetting and reviewing transactions. Decisions on approving transactions not only take into account the creditworthiness of the transaction on a stand-alone basis, but they also consider our aggregate obligor risk, portfolio concentrations, reputation risk and, importantly, the impact any particular transaction under consideration would have on our overall risk appetite. Exceptional transactions and/or situations are addressed and discussed with senior management including, when appropriate, the Executive Committee.

 

See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Derivatives and other contractual agreements” in this MD&A and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about net credit exposure on OTC derivative contracts.

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk represents the potential change in value of a portfolio of financial instruments due to changes in market rates, prices and volatilities. Market risk management also is an essential component of our overall risk management framework. The Market Risk Management Department (the “MRM Department”) has global responsibility for developing and implementing our overall market risk management framework. To that end, it is responsible for developing the policies and procedures of the market risk management process; determining the market risk measurement methodology in conjunction with the Quantitative Risk Management Department (the “QRM Department”); monitoring, reporting and analyzing the aggregate market risk of trading exposures; administering market risk limits and the escalation process; and communicating large or unusual risks as appropriate. Market risks inherent in positions include, but are not limited to, interest rate, equity and foreign exchange exposures.

 

The MRM Department uses qualitative as well as quantitative information in managing trading risk, believing a combination of the two approaches results in a more robust and complete approach to the management of trading risk. Quantitative information is developed from a variety of risk methodologies based on established statistical principles. To ensure high standards of analysis, the MRM Department has retained seasoned risk managers with the requisite experience and academic and professional credentials.

 

Market risk is present in cash products, derivatives and contingent claim structures that exhibit linear as well as non-linear price behavior. Our exposure to market risk varies in accordance with the volume of client-driven market-making transactions, the size of our proprietary positions and the volatility of financial instruments traded. We seek to mitigate, whenever possible, excess market risk exposures through appropriate hedging strategies.

 

61



 

We participate globally in interest rate, equity and foreign exchange markets and, beginning in 2005, commodity markets. Our Fixed Income Division has a broadly diversified market presence in U.S. and foreign government bond trading, emerging market securities, corporate debt (investment and non-investment grade), money market instruments, mortgages and mortgage- and asset-backed securities, real estate, municipal bonds and interest rate derivatives. Our Equities Division facilitates domestic and foreign trading in equity instruments, indices and related derivatives. Our foreign exchange businesses are involved in trading currencies on a spot and forward basis as well as through derivative products and contracts.

 

We incur short-term interest rate risk in the course of facilitating the orderly flow of client transactions through the maintenance of government and other bond inventories. Market-making in high-grade corporate bonds and high-yield instruments exposes us to additional risk due to potential variations in credit spreads. Trading in international markets exposes us to spread risk between the term structures of interest rates in different countries. Mortgages and mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment risk.  Trading in derivatives and structured products exposes us to changes in the volatility of interest rates. We actively manage interest rate risk through the use of interest rate futures, options, swaps, forwards and offsetting cash-market instruments. Inventory holdings, concentrations and agings are monitored closely and used by management to selectively hedge or liquidate undesirable exposures.

 

We are a significant intermediary in the global equity markets through our market making in U.S. and non-U.S. equity securities and derivatives, including common stock, convertible debt, exchange-traded and OTC equity options, equity swaps and warrants. These activities expose us to market risk as a result of equity price and volatility changes. Inventory holdings also are subject to market risk resulting from concentrations and changes in liquidity conditions that may adversely affect market valuations. Equity market risk is actively managed through the use of index futures, exchange-traded and OTC options, swaps and cash instruments.

 

We enter into foreign exchange transactions through our market-making activities. We are exposed to foreign exchange risk on our holdings of non-dollar assets and liabilities. We are active in many foreign exchange markets and have exposure to the Euro, Japanese yen, British pound, Swiss franc and Canadian dollar, as well as a variety of developed and emerging market currencies. We hedge our risk exposures primarily through the use of currency forwards, swaps, futures and options.

 

If any of the strategies used to hedge or otherwise mitigate exposures to the various types of risks described above are not effective, we could incur losses. See Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our use of derivative financial instruments to hedge interest rate, currency, equity and other market risks.

 

Operational Risk

 

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. We face operational risk arising from mistakes made in the execution, confirmation or settlement of transactions or from transactions not being properly recorded, evaluated or accounted for. Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies, and the transactions we process have become increasingly complex. Consequently, we rely heavily on our financial, accounting and other data processing systems. In recent years, we have substantially upgraded and expanded the capabilities of our data processing systems and other operating technology, and we expect that we will need to continue to upgrade and expand in the future to avoid disruption of, or constraints on, our operations.

 

Operational Risk Management (the “ORM Department”) is responsible for implementing and maintaining our overall global operational risk management framework, which seeks to minimize these risks through assessing, reporting, monitoring and mitigating operational risks.

 

We have a company-wide business continuity plan (“BCP Plan”).  The BCP Plan objective is to ensure that we can continue critical operations with limited processing interruption in the event of a business disruption.  The BCP group manages our internal incident response process and develops and maintains continuity plans for critical business functions and infrastructure.  This includes determining how vital business activities will be performed until normal processing capabilities can be restored.  The BCP group is also responsible for facilitating disaster recovery and business continuity training and preparedness for our employees.

 

62



 

Reputational Risk

 

We recognize that maintaining our reputation among clients, investors, regulators and the general public is an important aspect of minimizing legal and operational risks. Maintaining our reputation depends on a large number of factors, including the selection of our clients and the conduct of our business activities. We seek to maintain our reputation by screening potential clients and by conducting our business activities in accordance with high ethical standards.

 

Potential clients are screened through a multi-step process that begins with the individual business units and product groups. In screening clients, these groups undertake a comprehensive review of the client and its background and the potential transaction to determine, among other things, whether they pose any risks to our reputation. Potential transactions are screened by independent committees in the Firm, which are composed of senior members from various corporate divisions of the Company including members of the Global Risk Management Division. These committees review the nature of the client and its business, the due diligence conducted by the business units and product groups and the proposed terms of the transaction to determine overall acceptability of the proposed transaction. In doing so, the committees evaluate the appropriateness of the transaction, including a consideration of ethical and social responsibility issues and the potential effect of the transaction on our reputation.

 

Value At Risk

 

Value-at-risk (VaR) measures the potential mark-to-market loss over a specified time horizon and is expressed at a given confidence level. We report an “empirical” VaR calculated based upon the distribution of actual trading revenue. We consider VaR based on net revenue volatility to be a comprehensive risk measurement tool because it incorporates virtually all of our trading activities and types of risk including market, credit and event risks. The table below presents VaR for each component of risk using historical daily net trading revenues. Under this method, we estimate a reporting daily VaR using actual daily net trading revenues over the previous 250 trading days. Such VaR is measured as the loss, relative to the median daily trading net revenue, at a 95% confidence level. This means there is a 1-in-20 chance that such loss on a particular day could exceed the reported VaR number.

 

Value at Risk—Revenue Volatility

 

 

 

VaR at

 

Average VaR Three Months Ended

 

In millions

 

2/28/06

 

11/30/05

 

2/28/05

 

2/28/06

 

11/30/05

 

2/28/05

 

Interest rate risk

 

$

23.5

 

$

24.5

 

$

23.2

 

$

23.9

 

$

25.0

 

$

22.3

 

Equity price risk

 

16.5

 

14.0

 

11.2

 

15.2

 

12.9

 

11.1

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

2.6

 

2.5

 

2.3

 

2.5

 

2.5

 

2.8

 

Diversification benefit

 

(9.0

)

(5.2

)

(6.7

)

(7.0

)

(6.0

)

(7.1

)

 

 

$

33.6

 

$

35.8

 

$

30.0

 

$

34.6

 

$

34.4

 

$

29.1

 

 

 

 

VaR Three Months Ended

 

 

 

February 28, 2006

 

November 30, 2005

 

February 28, 2005

 

In millions

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

Interest rate risk

 

$

24.5

 

$

23.5

 

$

26.2

 

$

24.3

 

$

23.2

 

$

21.9

 

Equity price risk

 

16.5

 

14.1

 

14.2

 

11.8

 

11.3

 

11.0

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

2.6

 

2.4

 

2.6

 

2.5

 

3.0

 

2.3

 

Total

 

36.0

 

33.6

 

36.1

 

32.5

 

30.0

 

27.9

 

 

Average VaR for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 of $34.6 million increased slightly from $34.4 million for the quarter ended November 30, 2005, attributable to higher equity price risk which was partially offset by a lower interest rate risk and a higher diversification benefit.

 

VaR based on net revenue volatility is just one tool we use in evaluating firmwide risk. Another risk measurement tool is a model-based approach, using end-of-day positions, and modeling market risk, counterparty credit risk and event risk. Using this model-based approach, our average firmwide risk in the 2006 first quarter increased compared with the 2005 fourth quarter, primarily due to higher market risk.

 

The market risk component of the model-based risk measurement approach is based on a historical simulation VaR using end-of-day positions to determine the revenue loss at a 95% confidence level over a one-day time horizon.  Specifically, the historical simulation approach involves constructing a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of our financial instruments based on risk factors embedded in the current portfolio and historical

 

63



 

observations of daily changes in these risk factors. Our method uses four years of historical data weighted to give greater impact to more recent time periods in simulating potential changes in market risk factors.

 

It is implicit in a historical simulation VaR methodology that positions will have offsetting risk characteristics, referred to as diversification benefit. We measure the diversification benefit within our portfolio of financial instruments by historically simulating how the positions in our current portfolio would have behaved in relation to each other (as opposed to using a static estimate of a diversification benefit, which remains relatively constant from period to period).  Thus, from time to time there will be changes in our historical simulation VaR due to changes in the diversification benefit across our portfolio of financial instruments.

 

Historical simulation VaR was $43.9 million at February 28, 2006, up from $38.4 million at November 30, 2005, primarily attributable to higher interest rate risk and higher foreign exchange risk under this methodology. Average historical simulation VaR was $45.3 million for the quarter ended February 28, 2006, up from $37.6 million for the quarter ended November 30, 2005, primarily reflecting the increased scale of our fixed income capital markets business.

 

As with any predictive model, VaR measures have inherent limitations, and we could incur losses greater than the VaR reported above. These limitations include: historical market conditions and historical changes in market risk factors may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions or future market risk factors and VaR measurements are based on current positions, while future risk depends on future positions. In addition, a one day historical simulation VaR does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day.

 

In addition, because there is no uniform industry methodology for estimating VaR, different assumptions and methodologies could produce materially different results and therefore caution should be used when comparing such risk measures across firms. We believe our methods and assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable and prudent.

 

Distribution of Daily Net Revenues

 

Substantially all of the Company’s inventory positions are marked-to-market daily with changes recorded in net revenues. The following chart sets forth the frequency distribution for daily net revenues for our Capital Markets and Investment Management business segments (excluding asset management fees) for the quarters ended February 28, 2006 and 2005.

 

As discussed throughout this MD&A, we seek to reduce risk through the diversification of our businesses and a focus on client-flow activities. This diversification and focus, combined with our risk management controls and processes, helps mitigate the net revenue volatility inherent in our trading activities. Although historical performance is not necessarily indicative of future performance, we believe our focus on business diversification and client-flow activities should continue to reduce the volatility of future net trading revenues.

 

64



 

Daily Trading Net Revenues

 

 

In the first quarters of 2006 and 2005, daily trading net revenues did not exceed losses of $10 million on any single day.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Generally accepted accounting principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management estimates are required in determining the valuation of inventory positions, particularly over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, certain commercial mortgage loans and investments in real estate, certain high-yield positions, private equity and other principal investments, and non-investment-grade interests in securitizations. Additionally, significant management estimates are required in assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business acquisition, the accounting treatment of QSPEs and VIEs, the outcome of litigation, the fair value of equity-based compensation awards and determining the allocation of the cost of acquired businesses to identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Management believes the estimates used in preparing the financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

The following is a summary of our critical accounting policies and estimates. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of these and other accounting policies.

 

Fair Value

 

The determination of fair value is a critical accounting policy that is fundamental to our financial condition and results of operations. We record financial instruments classified as Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased at market or fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income. In all instances, we believe we have established rigorous internal control processes to ensure we use reasonable and prudent measurements of fair value on a consistent basis.

 

When evaluating the extent to which estimates may be required in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities reflected in our financial statements, we believe it is useful to analyze the balance sheet as shown in the following table:

 

65



 

Summary Balance Sheet

 

In millions

 

February 28, 2006

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned

 

$

191,630

 

44

%

Securities received as collateral

 

5,001

 

1

%

Collateralized agreements

 

198,896

 

45

%

Cash, Receivables and PP&E

 

36,549

 

8

%

Other assets

 

4,438

 

1

%

Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill

 

3,282

 

1

%

Total assets

 

$

439,796

 

100

%

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased

 

$

115,195

 

26

%

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

5,001

 

1

%

Collateralized financing

 

167,209

 

38

%

Payables and other accrued liabilities

 

68,802

 

16

%

Total capital (1)

 

83,589

 

19

%

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

439,796

 

100

%

 


(1)   Total capital includes long-term borrowings (including junior subordinated notes) and total stockholders’ equity. We believe Total capital is useful to investors as a measure of our financial strength because it aggregates our long-term funding sources.

 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are recorded at amounts for which significant management estimates are not used. The following balance sheet categories, comprising 53% of total assets and 73% of total liabilities and equity, are valued either at historical cost or at contract value (including accrued interest) which, by their nature, do not require the use of significant estimates: Collateralized agreements, Cash, Receivables and PP&E, Collateralized financing, Payables and other accrued liabilities and Total capital. Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are recorded at fair value, but due to their offsetting nature do not result in fair value estimates affecting the Consolidated Statement of Income. Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased (long and short inventory positions, respectively), are recorded at market or fair value, the components of which may require, to varying degrees, the use of estimates in determining fair value.

 

When evaluating the extent to which management estimates may be used in determining the fair value for long and short inventory, we believe it is useful to consider separately derivatives and cash instruments.

 

Derivatives and other contractual agreements. The fair values of derivative assets and liabilities at February 28, 2006 were $16.6 billion and $15.1 billion, respectively (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Included within these amounts were exchange-traded derivative assets and liabilities of $2.6 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively, for which fair value is determined based on quoted market prices. The fair values of our OTC derivative assets and liabilities at February 28, 2006 were $14.0 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively. With respect to OTC contracts, we view our net credit exposure to be $9.8 billion at February 28, 2006 and $10.5 billion at November 30, 2005, representing the fair value of OTC contracts in an unrealized gain position after consideration of collateral.

 

66



 

The following table sets forth the fair value of OTC derivatives by contract type and by remaining contractual maturity:

 

Fair Value of OTC Derivative Contracts by Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

and Cash

 

 

 

Net

 

In millions

 

than

 

1 to 5

 

5 to 10

 

than 10

 

Collateral

 

OTC

 

Credit

 

February 28, 2006

 

1 Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Netting (1)

 

Derivatives

 

Exposure

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate, currency and credit default swaps and options

 

$

2,137

 

$

7,477

 

$

7,386

 

$

6,321

 

$

(15,088

)

$

8,233

 

$

6,201

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

 

4,372

 

1,627

 

33

 

51

 

(4,889

)

1,194

 

912

 

Other fixed income securities contracts

 

2,425

 

 

 

 

(774

)

1,651

 

1,600

 

Equity contracts

 

799

 

3,507

 

624

 

211

 

(2,221

)

2,920

 

1,074

 

 

 

$

9,733

 

$

12,611

 

$

8,043

 

$

6,583

 

$

(22,972

)

$

13,998

 

$

9,787

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate, currency and credit default swaps and options

 

$

712

 

$

4,022

 

$

3,758

 

$

3,716

 

$

(5,254

)

$

6,954

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

 

4,930

 

2,181

 

230

 

160

 

(5,944

)

1,557

 

 

 

Other fixed income securities contracts

 

1,317

 

 

 

 

(724

)

593

 

 

 

Equity contracts

 

1,647

 

3,624

 

581

 

291

 

(2,624

)

3,519

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,606

 

$

9,827

 

$

4,569

 

$

4,167

 

$

(14,546

)

$

12,623

 

 

 

 


(1)   Cross-maturity netting represents the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category when appropriate. Cash collateral received or paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists. Assets and liabilities at February 28, 2006 were netted down for cash collateral of approximately $15.1 billion and $6.6 billion, respectively.

 

Presented below is a breakdown of net credit exposure at February 28, 2006 for OTC contracts based on actual ratings made by external rating agencies or by equivalent ratings established and used by our Credit Risk Management Department.

 

Net Credit Exposure

 

 

 

 

 

February 28, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less

 

 

 

 

 

Greater

 

 

 

 

 

Counterparty

 

S&P/Moody’s

 

than

 

1-5

 

5-10

 

than

 

 

 

November 30,

 

Risk Rating

 

Equivalent

 

1 Year

 

Years

 

Years

 

10 Years

 

Total

 

2005

 

iAAA

 

AAA/Aaa

 

3

%

5

%

3

%

5

%

16

%

19

%

iAA

 

AA/Aa

 

11

 

9

 

5

 

7

 

32

 

29

 

iA

 

A/A

 

9

 

7

 

5

 

10

 

31

 

32

 

iBBB

 

BBB/Baa

 

5

 

3

 

2

 

7

 

17

 

15

 

iBB

 

BB/Ba

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

iB or lower

 

B/B1 or lower

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

30

%

25

%

15

%

30

%

100

%

100

%

 

The majority of our OTC derivatives are transacted in liquid trading markets for which fair value is determined using pricing models with readily observable market inputs. Where we cannot verify all of the significant model inputs to observable market data, we value the derivative at the transaction price at inception, and consequently, do not record a day one gain or loss in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 02-3, “Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved In Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities.” Subsequent to the transaction date, we recognize any profits deferred on these derivative transactions at inception in the period in

 

67



 

which the significant model inputs become observable.

 

Examples of derivatives where fair value is determined using pricing models with readily observable market inputs include interest rate swap contracts, TBAs, foreign exchange forward and option contracts in G-7 currencies and equity swap and option contracts on listed securities. However, the determination of fair value of certain less liquid derivatives required the use of significant estimates. Such derivatives include certain credit derivatives, equity option contracts with terms greater than five years, and certain other complex derivatives we provide to clients. We strive to limit the use of significant estimates by using consistent pricing assumptions between reporting periods and using observed market data for model inputs whenever possible. As the market for complex products develops, we refine our pricing models based on market experience to use the most current indicators of fair value.

 

Cash instruments. The majority of our non-derivative long and short inventory (i.e., cash instruments) is recorded at market value based on listed market prices or using third-party broker quotes and therefore does not incorporate significant estimates. Examples of inventory valued in this manner include government securities, agency mortgage-backed securities, listed equities, money market instruments, municipal securities and corporate bonds. However, in certain instances we may deem such quotations to be unrealizable (e.g., when the instruments are thinly traded or when we hold a substantial block of a particular security such that the listed price is not deemed to be readily realizable). In such instances, we determine fair value based on, among other factors, management’s best estimate giving appropriate consideration to reported prices and the extent of public trading in similar securities, the discount from the listed price associated with the cost at date of acquisition and the size of the position held in relation to the liquidity in the market. When the size of our holding of a listed security is likely to impair our ability to realize the quoted market price, we record the position at a discount to the quoted price reflecting our best estimate of fair value.

 

When quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on pricing models or other valuation techniques, including the use of implied pricing from similar instruments. Pricing models typically are used to derive fair value based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows including adjustments, when appropriate, for liquidity, credit and/or other factors. For the vast majority of instruments valued through pricing models, significant estimates are not required because the market inputs to such models are readily observable and liquid trading markets provide clear evidence to support the valuations derived from such pricing models. Examples of inventory valued using pricing models or other valuation techniques for which the use of management estimates are necessary include certain mortgages and mortgage-backed positions, real estate inventory, non-investment-grade retained interests, certain derivative and other contractual agreements, as well as certain high yield and certain private equity and other principal investments.

 

Mortgages, mortgage-backed and real estate inventory positions. Mortgages and mortgage-backed positions include mortgage loans (both residential and commercial), non-agency mortgage-backed securities and real estate investments. We are a market leader in mortgage-backed securities trading. We originate residential and commercial mortgage loans as part of our mortgage trading and securitization activities. We originated approximately $16 billion and $20 billion of residential mortgage loans in 2006 and 2005, respectively. We securitized approximately $34 billion and $25 billion of residential mortgage loans in 2006 and 2005, respectively, including both originated loans and those we acquired in the secondary market. In addition, we originated approximately $8 billion and $4 billion of commercial mortgage loans in 2006 and 2005, respectively, the majority of which has been sold through securitization or syndicate activities. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our securitization activities. We record mortgage loans at fair value, with related mark-to-market gains and losses recognized in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income.

 

Management estimates are generally not required in determining the fair value of residential mortgage loans because these positions are securitized frequently. Certain commercial mortgage loans and investments, due to their less liquid nature, may require management estimates in determining fair value. Fair value for these positions is generally based on analyses of both cash flow projections and underlying property values. We use independent appraisals to support our assessment of the property in determining fair value for these positions. Fair value for approximately $3.5 billion and $3.6 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively, of our total mortgage loan inventory is determined using the above valuation methodologies, which may involve the use of significant estimates. Because a portion of these assets have been financed on a non-recourse basis, our net investment position is limited to $2.9 billion and $3.5 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

68



 

We invest in real estate through direct investments in equity and debt. We record real estate held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value. The assessment of fair value generally requires the use of management estimates and generally is based on property appraisals provided by third parties and also incorporates an analysis of the related property cash flow projections. We owned real estate investments of approximately $7.6 billion and $7.9 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively. Because significant portions of these assets have been financed on a non-recourse basis, our net investment position was limited to $4.5 billion and $4.8 billion at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively.

 

High yield. We underwrite, invest and make markets in high yield corporate debt securities. We also syndicate, trade and invest in loans to below-investment-grade-rated companies. For purposes of this discussion, high yield debt instruments are defined as securities of or loans to companies rated BB+ or lower or equivalent ratings by recognized credit rating agencies, as well as non-rated securities or loans that, in management’s opinion, are non-investment grade. Non-investment grade securities generally involve greater risks than investment grade securities due to the issuer’s creditworthiness and the lower liquidity of the market for such securities. In addition, these issuers generally have relatively higher levels of indebtedness resulting in an increased sensitivity to adverse economic conditions. We recognize these risks and seek to reduce market and credit risk through the diversification of our products and counterparties. High yield debt instruments are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reflected in Principal transactions in the Consolidated Statement of Income. Such instruments at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005 included long positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $5.8 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, the largest industry concentrations were 21% and 22%, respectively, categorized within the finance and insurance industrial classifications. The largest geographic concentrations at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005 were 64% and 65%, respectively, in the United States. The majority of these positions are valued using broker quotes or listed market prices. However, at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, approximately $730 million and $610 million, respectively, of these positions were valued using other valuation techniques because there was little or no trading activity. In such instances, we use prudent judgment in determining fair value, which may involve using analyses of credit spreads associated with pricing of similar instruments, or other valuation techniques. We mitigate our aggregate and single-issuer net exposure through the use of derivatives, non-recourse financing and other financial instruments.

 

Private equity and other principal investments. Our Private Equity business operates in five major asset classes: Merchant Banking, Real Estate, Venture Capital, Fixed Income Related Investments and Private Funds Investments. We have raised privately-placed funds in all of these classes, for which we act as general partner and in which we have general and in some cases limited partner interests. In addition, we generally co-invest in the investments made by the funds or may make other non-fund-related direct investments. We carry our private equity investments, including our partnership interests, at fair value based on our assessment of each underlying investment. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, our private equity related investments totaled $1.7 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively. The real estate industry represented the highest concentrations at 26% and 27% at February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, respectively, and the largest single-investment exposures were $180 million at both dates.

 

The determination of fair value for these investments often requires the use of estimates and assumptions because these investments generally are less liquid and often contain trading restrictions. At February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005, we estimate that approximately $156 million and $172 million, respectively, of these investments have readily determinable fair values because they are publicly-traded securities with limited remaining trading restrictions. For the remainder of these positions, fair value is based on our assessment of the underlying investments incorporating valuations that consider expected cash flows, earnings multiples and/or comparisons to similar market transactions. Valuation adjustments, which may involve the use of significant management estimates, are an integral part of pricing these instruments, reflecting consideration of credit quality, concentration risk, sale restrictions and other liquidity factors. Additional information about our private equity and other principal investment activities, including related commitments, can be found in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Non-investment grade interests in securitizations. We held approximately $700 million of non-investment grade interests in securitizations at both February 28, 2006 and November 30, 2005. Because these interests primarily represent the junior interests in securitizations for which there are not active trading markets, estimates generally are required in determining fair value. We value these instruments using prudent estimates of expected cash flows and consider the valuation of similar transactions in the market. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the effect of adverse changes in assumptions on the fair value of these interests.

 

69



 

Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

Determining the fair values and useful lives of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed associated with business acquisitions—intangible assets in particular—requires significant judgment. In addition, we are required to assess for impairment goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives at least annually using fair value measurement techniques. Periodically estimating the fair value of a reporting unit and intangible assets with indefinite lives involves significant judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions could have a significant effect on whether or not an impairment charge is recognized and the magnitude of such a charge. We completed our last goodwill impairment test as of August 31, 2005, and no impairment was identified.

 

SPEs

 

The Company is a market leader in securitization transactions, including securitizations of residential and commercial loans, municipal bonds and other asset backed transactions. The vast majority of such securitization transactions are designed to be in conformity with the SFAS 140 requirements of a QSPE. Securitization transactions meeting the requirements of a QSPE are deemed to be off-balance-sheet.  The assessment of whether a securitization vehicle meets the accounting requirements of a QSPE requires significant judgment involving complex matters, particularly in evaluating whether servicing activities meet the conditions of permitted activities under SFAS 140 and whether or not derivatives are considered to be passive.

 

In addition, the evaluation of whether an entity is subject to the requirements of FIN 46(R) as a variable interest entity (VIE) and the determination of whether the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of such VIE is a critical accounting policy that requires significant management judgment.

 

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the Company’s accounting policies.

 

Legal Reserves

 

In the normal course of business we have been named as a defendant in a number of lawsuits and other legal and regulatory proceedings. Such proceedings include actions brought against us and others with respect to transactions in which we acted as an underwriter or financial advisor, actions arising out of our activities as a broker or dealer in securities and commodities and actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants against many securities firms, including us. In addition, our business activities are reviewed by various taxing authorities around the world with regard to corporate income tax rules and regulations. We provide for potential losses that may arise out of legal, regulatory and tax proceedings to the extent such losses are probable and can be estimated.

 

Subsequent Event – Stock Split

 

On April 5, 2006 the stockholders of Holdings approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares of common stock to 1.2 billion from 600 million, and the Board of Directors approved a 2-for-1 common stock split, in the form of a stock dividend, for holders of record as of April 18, 2006. On April 5, 2006, the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation was amended to effect the increase in authorized common shares.

 

Accounting and Regulatory Developments

 

SFAS 123(R). In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R), which we adopted on December 1, 2005. SFAS 123(R) requires public companies to recognize expense in the income statement for the grant-date fair value of awards of equity instruments granted to employees. Expense is to be recognized over the period during which employees are required to provide service. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our accounting policies.

 

SFAS 123(R) also clarifies and expands the guidance in SFAS 123 in several areas, including measuring fair value and attributing compensation cost to reporting periods. Under the modified prospective transition method applied in the adoption of SFAS 123(R) compensation cost will be recognized for the unamortized portion of outstanding awards granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123. Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) on December 1, 2005, we recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $47 million as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, primarily attributable to the requirement to estimate forfeitures at the date of grant instead of recognizing them as incurred. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not otherwise have a material effect on our 2006 consolidated

 

70



 

financial statements for the quarter ended February 28, 2006, and is not expected to otherwise have a material effect on our fiscal 2006 consolidated financial statements.

 

Consolidated Supervised Entity. In June 2004, the SEC approved a rule establishing a voluntary framework for comprehensive, group-wide risk management procedures and consolidated supervision of certain financial services holding companies. The framework is designed to minimize the duplicative regulatory burdens on U.S. securities firms resulting from the European Union (the “EU”) Directive (2002/87/EC) concerning the supplementary supervision of financial conglomerates active in the EU. The rule also allows companies to use an alternative method, based on internal risk models, to calculate net capital charges for market and derivative-related credit risk. Under this rule, the SEC will regulate the holding company and any unregulated affiliated registered broker-dealer pursuant to an undertaking to be provided by the holding company, including subjecting the holding company to capital requirements generally consistent with the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

 

As of December 1, 2005, Holdings became regulated by the SEC as a consolidated supervised entity (CSE). As such, Holdings is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by the SEC and, accordingly, we are subject to minimum capital requirements on a consolidated basis. LBI is approved to calculate its net capital under provisions as specified by the applicable SEC rules. At February 28, 2006, we were in compliance with minimum capital requirements.

 

SFAS 155. We issue structured notes (also referred to as hybrid instruments) for which the interest rates or principal payments are linked to the performance of an underlying measure (including single securities, baskets of securities, commodities, currencies, or credit events). Through November 30, 2005, we assessed the payment components of these instruments to determine if the embedded derivative required separate accounting under SFAS 133, and if so, the embedded derivative was bifurcated from the host debt instrument and accounted for at fair value and reported in long-term borrowings along with the related host debt instrument which was accounted for on an amortized cost basis.

 

In February 2006 the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 155”). SFAS 155 permits fair value measurement of any structured note that contains an embedded derivative that would require bifurcation under SFAS 133. Such fair value measurement election is permitted on an instrument by instrument basis.  We elected to early adopt SFAS 155 as of December 1, 2005 and we have applied SFAS 155 fair value measurement to all structured notes issued after November 30, 2005 as well as certain structured notes that existed at November 30, 2005.  The effect of this adoption resulted in a $24 million after-tax decrease ($43 million pre-tax) to opening retained earnings as of December 1, 2005, representing the difference between the fair value of these structured notes and our prior carrying value as of November 30, 2005. The net after-tax adjustment included structured notes that had gross gains of $18 million ($32 million pre-tax) and gross losses of $42 million ($75 million pre-tax). This change in accounting principle did not have a material effect on our 2006 consolidated financial statements.

 

SFAS 156. In March 2006 the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” (“SFAS 156”). SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140 with respect to the accounting for separately-recognized servicing assets and liabilities. SFAS 156 requires all separately-recognized servicing assets and liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, and permits companies, to elect, on a class by class basis, to account for servicing assets and liabilities on either a lower of cost or market value basis or a fair value measurement basis.

 

We elected to early adopt SFAS 156 as of December 1, 2005 and to measure all classes of servicing assets at fair value. Servicing assets and liabilities at November 30, 2005 are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or market value basis.  As a result of adopting SFAS 156, we recognized an $18 million after-tax increase ($33 million pre-tax) to opening retained earnings as of December 1, 2005, representing the effect of remeasuring all servicing assets and liabilities that existed at November 30, 2005 from a lower of amortized cost or market basis to a fair value basis. This change in accounting principle did not have a material effect on our 2006 consolidated financial statements.

 

See Note 3, “Securitizations and Other Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements,” for additional information.

 

EITF Issue No. 04-5. In June 2005 the FASB ratified the consensus reached in EITF Issue No. 04-5, “Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights” (“EITF 04-5”) which requires general partners (or managing members in the case of limited liability companies) to consolidate their partnerships or to provide limited partners

 

71



 

with rights to remove the general partner or to terminate the partnership. As the general partner of numerous private equity, merchant banking and asset management partnerships, we adopted EITF 04-5 immediately for partnerships formed or modified after June 29, 2005. For partnerships formed on or before June 29, 2005 that have not been modified, we are required to adopt EITF 04-5 on December 1, 2006 in a manner similar to a cumulative-effect-type adjustment or by retrospective application. We do not expect adoption of EITF 04-5 for partnerships formed on or before June 29, 2005 that have not been modified will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Effects of Inflation

 

Because our assets are, to a large extent, liquid in nature, they are not significantly affected by inflation. However, the rate of inflation affects such expenses as employee compensation, office space leasing costs and communications charges, which may not be readily recoverable in the prices of services we offer. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other adverse effects on the securities markets, it may adversely affect our consolidated financial condition and results of operations in certain businesses.

 

72



 

ITEM 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

The information under the caption “Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” in this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 4. Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings (its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively), evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the fiscal quarter covered by this Report.

 

Based on that evaluation, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the fiscal quarter covered by this Report, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Holdings in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Holdings in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter covered by this Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

73



 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

PART II—OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. Legal Proceedings

 

See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” in the Form 10-K for a complete description of certain proceedings previously reported by us, including those listed below; only significant subsequent developments in such proceedings are described below. Capitalized terms used in this Item that are defined in the Form 10-K have the meanings ascribed to them in the Form 10-K.

 

We are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our business. Such proceedings include actions brought against us and others with respect to transactions in which we acted as an underwriter or financial advisor, actions arising out of our activities as a broker or dealer in securities and commodities and actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants against many securities and commodities firms, including us.

 

Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome, we generally have denied, or believe we have a meritorious defense and will deny, liability in all significant cases pending against us, including the matters described below and in the Form 10-K, and we intend to defend vigorously each such case. Based on information currently available, we believe the amount, or range, of reasonably possible losses in connection with the actions against us, including the matters described below and in the Form 10-K, in excess of established reserves, in the aggregate, not to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial condition or cash flows. However, losses may be material to our operating results for any particular future period, depending on the level of our income for such period.

 

Actions Regarding Enron Corporation (reported in the Form 10-K)

 

On March 2, 2006, the New York Bankruptcy Court approved the settlement of the preferential transfers and/or fraudulent conveyances claims that had sought approximately $236 million in payments made by Enron in the year prior to Enron’s bankruptcy filing.  These payments were made pursuant to transactions under a swap contract between LBF and Enron relating to Enron common stock.

 

WorldCom Bondholders Litigations (reported in the Form 10-K)

 

Settlement agreements have been entered into in all individual actions naming Lehman Brothers as a defendant except one, which is not material.

 

Wright et al. v. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. et al.

 

In August 2005, A. Vernon Wright and Dynoil Refining LLC sued Holdings, LBI and two current and one former Lehman Brothers employees, in Los Angeles Superior Court. Plaintiffs claim negligence, breach of contract, breach of duties of good faith and fair dealing and of fiduciary duty, interference with prospective business advantage and misappropriation of trade secrets. Plaintiffs allege that Wright provided Lehman Brothers with confidential information that Wright, along with certain Chinese interests, intended to buy Unocal, which Lehman Brothers allegedly passed to Chevron, preventing Wright from executing his plan. Plaintiffs seek $9.2 billion, the alleged value of the U.S. assets plaintiffs say they would have acquired.

 

In March 2006, Carlton Energy Group, Muskeg Oil Co and Newco, filed a similar suit against Holdings, LBI, two of the Lehman employees named in the Dynoil action and a third Lehman Brothers employee, in state court in Harris County, Texas. The three plaintiff entities are owned or controlled by Thomas O’Dell and Daniel Chiang, erstwhile business partners of Vernon Wright. Plaintiffs claim negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, intentional interference with business relationship, fraud, misrepresentation, misappropriation of trade secrets and quantum merit. Plaintiffs’ allegations mirror those by Wright and Dynoil. They further allege that Wright is no longer their business partner. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages.

 

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

 

There are no material changes from the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A, in the Form 10-K.

 

74



 

ITEM 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

The table below sets forth information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Holdings or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), of our common stock during the quarter ended February 28, 2006.

 

 

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

Maximum Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

of Shares that May

 

 

 

Total Number

 

 

 

as Part of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 

 

 

of Shares

 

Average Price

 

Announced Plans

 

Under the Plans or

 

 

 

Purchased

 

Paid per Share

 

or Programs

 

Programs

 

Month # 1 (December 1— December 31, 2005):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchases (1)

 

1,717,100

 

 

 

1,717,100

 

 

 

Employee transactions (2)

 

402,441

 

 

 

402,441

 

 

 

Total

 

2,119,541

 

$

128.01

 

2,119,541

 

52,880,459

 

Month # 2 (January 1—January 31, 2006):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchases (1)

 

1,980,000

 

 

 

1,980,000

 

 

 

Employee transactions (2)

 

442,818

 

 

 

442,818

 

 

 

Total

 

2,422,818

 

$

133.73

 

2,422,818

 

50,457,641

 

Month # 3 (February 1—February 28, 2006):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchases (1)

 

2,002,900

 

 

 

2,002,900

 

 

 

Employee transactions (2)

 

495,057

 

 

 

495,057

 

 

 

Total

 

2,497,957

 

$

142.11

 

2,497,957

 

47,959,684

 

Total, December 1, 2005— February 28, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchases (1)

 

5,700,000

 

 

 

5,700,000

 

 

 

Employee transactions (2)

 

1,340,316

 

 

 

1,340,316

 

 

 

Total

 

7,040,316

 

$

134.98

 

7,040,316

 

47,959,684

 

 


(1)   We have an ongoing common stock repurchase program, pursuant to which we repurchase shares in the open market on a regular basis. As previously announced, in January 2006 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase in 2006, subject to market conditions, of up to 40 million shares of Holdings common stock in 2006, for the management of the Firm’s equity capital, including offsetting 2006 dilution due to employee stock plans. Our Board also authorized the repurchase in 2006, subject to market conditions, of up to an additional 15 million shares, for the possible acceleration of repurchases to offset a portion of 2007 dilution due to employee stock plans. This authorization supersedes the stock repurchase program authorized in January 2005. The number of shares authorized to be repurchased in the open market is reduced by the actual number of Employee Offset Shares (as defined below) received.

 

(2)   Represents shares of common stock withheld in satisfaction of the exercise price of stock options and tax withholding obligations upon option exercises and conversion of restricted stock units (collectively, “Employee Offset Shares”).

 

For more information about the repurchase program and employee stock plans, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources—Equity Management” in Part I, Item 2, and Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part I, Item 1, in this Report, and Notes 11 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8, and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in Part III, Item 12, of the Form 10-K.

 

75



 

ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Holdings was held on April 5, 2006.

 

The stockholders voted on proposals to (1) elect four Class III Directors, (2) to ratify the selection by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company’s independent auditors for the 2006 fiscal year, (3) adopt an amendment to the Holdings’ Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 600 million to 1.2 billion shares, and (4) adopt an amendment to the Holdings’ Restated Certificate of Incorporation to provide for the annual election of all of our directors.

 

All nominees for election to the board as Class III Directors were elected to serve until the Annual Meeting in 2009, and until their respective successors are elected and qualified. However, as the amendment to the Holdings’ Restated Certificate of Incorporation to provide for the annual election of all of our directors was adopted later in the meeting, the terms of those directors (Thomas H. Cruikshank, Roland A. Hernandez, Henry Kaufman and John D. Macomber) as well as all the other directors (Michael L. Ainslie, John F. Akers, Roger S. Berlind, Marsha Johnson Evans, Richard S. Fuld, Jr. and Sir Christopher Gent) will continue only until the Annual Meeting in 2007, and until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

 

The stockholders also ratified the selection of the independent auditors by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and adopted the amendment to the Holdings’ Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of our common stock.

 

The number of votes cast for, against or withheld, and the number of abstentions and broker non-votes with respect to each proposal, is set forth below:

 

Proposal

 

For

 

Against/
Withheld

 

Abstain

 

Broker
Non-Votes

 

Election of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas H. Cruikshank

 

251,505,174

 

2,387,604

 

 

*

 

*

Roland A. Hernandez

 

251,690,621

 

2,202,157

 

 

*

 

*

Henry Kaufman

 

248,812,157

 

5,080,621

 

 

*

 

*

John D. Macomber

 

241,605,444

 

 12,287,334

 

 

*

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratification of the selection of the independent auditors by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

 

249,011,794

 

3,428,011

 

1,452,973

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption of the amendment to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock

 

245,729,217

 

6,589,174

 

1,574,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption of the amendment to provide for the annual election of all directors

 

251,092,822

 

1,229,276

 

1,570,680

 

 

 


* Not applicable

 

76



 

ITEM 5. Other Information

 

On April 5, 2006, Lehman Brothers’ stockholders approved the proposals contained in the definitive Proxy Statement dated February 27, 2006 to amend Holdings’ Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  The amendments (i) increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 600 million to 1.2 billion shares and (ii) provide for the annual election of all directors, commencing with our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  A copy of our Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 5, 2006 is filed as Exhibit 3.08 to this Form 10-Q and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

 

Effective with the adoption of the amendment to our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Holdings’ Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “By-Laws”) were amended to conform to the amended provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective April 5, 2006.  The following sections of the By-Laws were amended:  (a) Article III, Section 1, to remove the reference to three classes of directors and to set forth that directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of holders of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding entitled to vote at an election of directors representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast, and (b) Article III, Section 2, to remove the reference to election by class.  A copy of the By-Laws is filed as Exhibit 3.09 to this Form 10-Q and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

 

On April 5, 2006, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one common stock split.  The stock split will be effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend, payable April 28, 2006, to stockholders of record as of April 18, 2006.

 

On April 6, 2006, Lehman Brothers and Jonathan Beyman, Chief of Operations and Technology, entered into a Letter Agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) approved by the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors of Holdings (the “Compensation Committee”).  The Letter Agreement provides that Mr. Beyman’s resignation date will be May 31, 2006.  In consideration of Mr. Beyman’s agreement to work through his resignation date, his agreement to be reasonably available to advise thereafter, and his commitment to abide by the other terms contained in the agreement described below, Mr. Beyman will receive a cash special separation payment of $800,000, less tax withholdings and deductions, on or about January 1, 2007.  Mr. Beyman will not receive a bonus for fiscal year 2006.

 

Under the Letter Agreement, Mr. Beyman has agreed to be reasonably available from time to time to advise on business matters pertaining to his areas of expertise and experience through December 31, 2006.  In addition, he has agreed not to solicit or recruit Lehman Brothers employees for two years and he has agreed to comply with confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions.  Mr. Beyman’s rights to benefits under any employee benefit plans, including his rights with respect to any outstanding equity awards, and under any employee investment partnerships, will be determined in accordance with the terms of such plans and partnerships and any applicable award agreements that would apply in the case of a voluntary resignation from Lehman Brothers.  A copy of the Letter Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.06 to this Form 10-Q and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

 

In addition, on April 4, 2006, the Compensation Committee recommended and, on April 5, 2006, the Board of Directors approved a change in the annual compensation payable to the non-management directors.  The Company currently grants annual awards of either restricted stock units or options to purchase shares of common stock, as applicable, to each of our non-management directors (the “Annual Equity Retainers”).  Effective with the April 5, 2006 grant, the size of the Annual Equity Retainers have been reduced from a choice of 2,500 RSUs or 7,500 options to a choice of 1,700 RSUs or 5,100 options, subject to equitable adjustment to reflect the two-for-one common stock split payable April 28, 2006 to stockholders of record as of April 18, 2006.  Additional information concerning the compensation for non-management directors is filed as Exhibit 10.05 to this Form 10-Q and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

 

77



 

ITEM 6. Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed as part of (or are furnished with, as indicated below) this Quarterly Report or, where indicated, were heretofore filed and are hereby incorporated by reference:

 

3.01

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated May 27, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the eleven months ended November 30, 1994)

 

 

 

3.02

 

Certificate of Designations with respect to the Registrant’s 5.94% Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 13, 1998)

 

 

 

3.03

 

Certificate of Designations with respect to the Registrant’s 5.67% Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 23, 1998)

 

 

 

3.04

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, dated April 9, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2001)

 

 

 

3.05

 

Certificate of Designations with respect to the Registrant’s 6.50% Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.01 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 26, 2003)

 

 

 

3.06

 

Certificate of Designations with respect to the Registrant’s Floating Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 30, 2004)

 

 

 

3.07

 

Certificate of Increase of the Registrant’s Floating Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 16, 2004)

 

 

 

3.08*

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated April 5, 2006

 

 

 

3.09*

 

By-Laws of the Registrant, amended as of April 5, 2006

 

 

 

10.01

 

Form of Agreement evidencing a grant of Restricted Stock Units to Executive Officers under the Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 6, 2005)

 

 

 

10.02

 

Form of Agreement evidencing a grant of Nonqualified Stock Options to Executive Officers under the Lehman Brothers Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 6, 2005)

 

 

 

10.03

 

Form of Agreement evidencing a grant of Restricted Stock Units to Directors under the Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2006)

 

 

 

10.04

 

Form of Agreement evidencing a grant of Nonqualified Stock Options to Directors under the Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 31, 2006)

 

 

 

10.05*

 

Compensation for Non-Management Directors of the Registrant

 

 

 

10.06*

 

Letter Agreement between Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and Jonathan Beyman, dated as of April 6, 2006.

 

 

 

11.01

 

Computation of Per Share Earnings (omitted in accordance with section (b)(11) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K; the computation of per share earnings is set forth in Part I, Item 1, in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Earnings Per Common Share))

78



 

12.01*

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

 

 

 

15.01*

 

Letter of Ernst & Young LLP regarding Unaudited Interim Financial Information

 

 

 

31.01*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)

 

 

 

31.02*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)

 

 

 

32.01*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Enacted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.)

 

 

 

32.02*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Enacted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.)

 


*          Filed/furnished herewith

 

79



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

Date: April 10, 2006

By:

/s/ Christopher M. O’Meara

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer, Controller

 

and Executive Vice President

 

(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

80



 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

  3.08

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated April 5, 2006

 

 

 

  3.09

 

By-laws of the Registrant, amended as of April 5, 2006

 

 

 

10.05

 

Compensation for Non-Management Directors of the Registrant

 

 

 

10.06

 

Letter Agreement between Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and Jonathan Beyman dated as of April 6, 2006

 

 

 

12.01*

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

 

 

 

15.01*

 

Letter of Ernst & Young LLP regarding Unaudited Interim Financial Information

 

 

 

31.01*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)

 

 

 

31.02*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)

 

 

 

32.01*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Enacted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.02*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Enacted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 


* Included in this booklet.

 

81


EX-3.08 2 a06-8685_1ex3d08.htm (I) ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION; (II) BYLAWS

Exhibit 3.08

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), having its registered office at The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 4000, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, hereby certifies to the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware that:

 

FIRST:  Article 4.1 of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“4.1         Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one billion two hundred million (1,200,000,000) shares of common stock with one vote per share, $0.10 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and thirty-eight million (38,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”).  Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) or any committee thereof established by resolution of the Board of Directors pursuant to the By-Laws prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such class or series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class or series of Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.”

 

SECOND:  Article 6.1 of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“6.1         Number, Election and Term. Except as otherwise fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to the By-Laws. Each director who is serving as a director on the date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders after such date, notwithstanding that such director may have been elected for a term that extended beyond the date of such next annual meeting of stockholders, and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify,

 



 

subject, however, to prior death, disability, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, directors elected at such annual meeting shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, disability, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.”

 

THIRD:  The Board of Directors of the Corporation by requisite vote adopted resolutions which set forth the foregoing amendments to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, declaring that the amendments to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation as proposed were advisable and directing that they be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

FOURTH:  The amendments have been consented to and authorized and approved by a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, and a majority of the outstanding stock of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, and have been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FIFTH:  This Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective on filing.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed on this 5th day of April 2006 in its name and on its behalf by Jeffrey A. Welikson, its Secretary, pursuant to Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JEFFREY A. WELIKSON

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey A. Welikson

 

Title:

Secretary

 

3


EX-3.09 3 a06-8685_1ex3d09.htm (I) ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION; (II) BYLAWS

Exhibit 3.09

 

Amended and Restated By-Laws

Effective:  April 5, 2006

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

Incorporated Under the Laws of the

State of Delaware

 

BY-LAWS

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have other offices at such places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Only if so determined by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, a meeting of stockholders may be held not at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication, as provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 2. Annual Meeting. The Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meeting the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors and transact only such other business as is properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these By-Laws. Notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given as permitted by law to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 3. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (such Certificate, as amended from time to time, including resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors establishing the designation, rights, preferences and other terms of any class or series of capital stock, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary at the request of the Board of

 



 

Directors. Notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Only such business as is specified in the notice of special meeting shall come before such meeting.

 

Section 4. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding entitled to vote thereat representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. Whether or not a quorum is present, the chairman of the meeting, or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present or represented by proxy, holding shares representing at least a majority of the votes so present or represented and entitled to be cast thereon, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting. When a quorum is once present, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholder.

 

Section 5. Appointment of Inspectors of Election. The Board of Directors shall, in advance of sending to the stockholders any notice of a meeting of the holders of any class of shares, appoint one or more inspectors of election (“inspectors”) to act at such meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is so appointed or if no inspector or alternate is able to act, the Chairman of the Board shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspectors shall not be directors, officers or employees of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder of record of any class or series of stock other than the Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share, of the Corporation (“Common Stock”) shall be entitled on each matter submitted to a vote at each meeting of stockholders to such number of votes for each share of such stock as may be fixed in the Certificate of Incorporation, and each stockholder of record of Common Stock shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share of such stock, in each case, registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to Section 5 of Article VI of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting, or if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of such meeting is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

2



 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy duly appointed.

 

At all meetings of stockholders all matters, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy holding shares representing at least a majority of the votes so present or represented and entitled to be cast thereon, and where a separate vote by class is required, a majority of the votes represented by the shares of the stockholders of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to be cast thereon shall be the act of such class.

 

The vote on any matter, including the election of directors, shall be by written ballot, or, if authorized by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, by electronic ballot given in accordance with a procedure set out in the notice of such meeting. Each ballot shall state the number of shares voted.

 

Proxy cards shall be returned in envelopes addressed to the inspectors, who shall receive, inspect and tabulate the proxies. Comments on proxies, consents or ballots shall be transcribed and provided to the Secretary with the name and address of the stockholder. Nothing in this Article II shall prohibit the inspector from making available to the Corporation, prior to, during or after any annual or special meeting, information as to which stockholders have not voted and periodic status reports on the aggregate vote.

 

Section 7. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

3



 

Section 8. Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 9. Advance Notice of Stockholder-Proposed Business at Annual Meeting. To be properly brought before the Annual Meeting, business must be either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of record. For business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and must have been a stockholder of record at such time. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date of the Annual Meeting of the previous year; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to such Annual Meeting and not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the Annual Meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the Annual Meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the Annual Meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the Annual Meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other information relating to the person or the proposal that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor provision or law) or applicable law.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 9 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any business properly brought before the Annual Meeting. The Chairman of an Annual Meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9 and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

Section 10. Nomination of Directors; Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10 shall be eligible for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at the Annual Meeting or at any special meeting of stockholders called in the manner set forth in Article II, Section 3 hereof for the

 

4



 

purpose of electing directors may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, by any nominating committee or person appointed for such purpose by the Board of Directors, or by any stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 10. Such nominations, other than those made by, or at the direction of, or under the authority of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation by a stockholder of record at such time. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an Annual Meeting, not less than ninety (90) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one year anniversary of the date of the Annual Meeting of the previous year; provided, however, that in the event that the Annual Meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to such Annual Meeting and not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the Annual Meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called in the manner set forth in Article II, Section 3 hereof for the purpose of electing directors, not earlier than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation, if any, which are beneficially owned by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor provision or law) or applicable law; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of the stockholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder.

 

The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number; Resignation; Removal. Except as otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall not be less than six (6) nor more than twenty-four (24). Except as provided in Section 2 of this

 

5



 

Article III and in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. A director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. A director may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of holders of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding entitled to vote at an election of directors representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon.

 

Section 2. Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done solely by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either (i) by mail or courier not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting or (ii) by telephone, telegram or facsimile or electronic transmission, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the meeting or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances (provided that notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall either submit, before or after such meeting, a waiver of notice or attend the meeting without protesting, at the beginning thereof, the lack of notice).

 

Section 5. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. Whether or not a quorum is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to such time and place as they may determine without notice other than an announcement at the meeting.

 

Section 6. Action Without A Meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of

 

6



 

Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or the committee consent in writing or by electronic transmission to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the consents thereto in writing or by electronic transmission by the members of the Board of Directors or committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

Section 7. Participation By Telephone. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 8. Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof and may be paid compensation as a director, committee member or chairman of any committee and for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore or entering into transactions otherwise permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws or applicable law.

 

Section 9. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, or if none, by the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless so specified therein.

 

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or member constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee or in the By-Laws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, including the power to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the authority to issue shares, and the authority to declare a dividend,

 

7



 

except as limited by Delaware General Corporation Law or other applicable law, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters:  (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any By-Law of the Corporation. All acts done by any committee within the scope of its powers and duties pursuant to these By-Laws and the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be, and may be certified as being, done or conferred under authority of the Board of Directors. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary is empowered to certify that any resolution duly adopted by any such committee is binding upon the Corporation and to execute and deliver such certifications from time to time as may be necessary or proper to the conduct of the business of the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Resignation. Any member of a committee may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board, or if none, by the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless so specified therein.

 

Section 3. Quorum. A majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of the members of a committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 4. Record of Proceedings. Each committee shall keep a record of its acts and proceedings, and shall report the same to the Board of Directors when and as required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Organization, Meetings, Notices. A committee may hold its meetings at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place upon which a majority of the committee may at any time agree. Each committee may make such rules as it may deem expedient for the regulation and carrying on of its meetings and proceedings.

 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and a Controller. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect and specifically identify as officers of the Corporation one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, a President, one or more Chief Operating Officers, one or more Senior Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more First Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Controllers as in its judgment may be necessary or desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of

 

8



 

Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders or directors of the Corporation. Any office named or provided for in this Article V (including, without limitation, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Treasurer and Controller) may, at any time and from time to time, be held by one or more persons. If an office is held by more than one person, each person holding such office shall serve as a co-officer (with the appropriate corresponding title) and shall have general authority, individually and without the need for any action by any other co-officer, to exercise all the powers of the holder of such office of the Corporation specified in these By-Laws and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or such other officer specified in this Article V.

 

Section 2. Election; Removal; Remuneration. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors and may elect additional officers and may fill vacancies among the officers previously elected at any subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, either for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meetings, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any Chief Operating Officer, Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, First Vice President, Vice President or Assistant Secretary, and any such officer may, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation, company, partnership or other entity in which the Corporation may own securities, or to execute written consents in lieu thereof, and at any such meeting, or in giving any such consent, shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board may be, but need not be, a person other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board may be, but need not be, an officer or employee of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and shall establish agendas for such meetings. In addition, the Chairman of the Board shall assure that matters of significant interest to stockholders and the investment community are addressed by management.

 

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general and active control of the affairs and business of

 

9



 

the Corporation and general supervision of its officers, officials, employees and agents. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof of which he is a member, unless the Board of Directors or such committee shall have chosen another chairman. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect, and in addition, the Chief Executive Officer shall have all the powers and perform all the duties generally appertaining to the office of the chief executive officer of a corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall designate the person or persons who shall exercise his powers and perform his duties in his absence or disability and the absence or disability of the President.

 

Section 6. President. The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as are prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors, and in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have the powers and perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, except to the extent the Board of Directors shall have otherwise provided. In addition, the President shall have such powers and perform such duties generally appertaining to the office of the president of a corporation, except to the extent the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall have otherwise provided.

 

Section 7. Vice Chairmen of the Board. The Vice Chairmen of the Board shall be members of the Board of Directors and shall perform such duties and have such powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these By-Laws.

 

Section 8. Chief Operating Officers. The Chief Operating Officer(s) shall be chief operating officer(s) of the Corporation and shall assist the Chief Executive Officer and the President in the active management of and supervision and direction over the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject, however, to the direction of the Chief Executive Officer and the President and the control of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Chief Operating Officer(s) shall have such powers and perform such duties generally appertaining to the office of the chief operating officer of a corporation, except to the extent the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors shall have otherwise provided, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or these By-Laws.

 

Section 9. Senior Executive Vice Presidents. The Senior Executive Vice Presidents of the Corporation shall perform such duties and have such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to them by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Chief Operating Officer.

 

Section 10. Executive Vice Presidents. The Executive Vice Presidents of the Corporation shall perform such duties and have such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to them by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Chief Operating Officer or a Senior Executive Vice President.

 

Section 11. Senior Vice Presidents. The Senior Vice Presidents of the Corporation shall perform such duties and have such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to them by

 

10



 

these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Senior Executive Vice President or an Executive Vice President.

 

Section 11. First Vice Presidents. The First Vice Presidents of the Corporation shall perform such duties and have such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to them by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Senior Executive Vice President, an Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice President.

 

Section 12. Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents of the Corporation shall perform such duties and have such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to them by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Senior Executive Vice President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a First Vice President.

 

Section 13. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for any committee appointed by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix it to any instrument when so authorized by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall give or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors and shall perform generally all the duties usually appertaining to the office of secretary of a corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

Section 14. Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretaries shall be empowered and authorized to perform all of the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Secretary or these By-Laws.

 

Section 15. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have responsibility for the administration of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall exercise supervisory responsibility for the performance of the duties of the Treasurer and the Controller. The Chief Financial Officer shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all of the transactions effected by the Treasurer and Controller and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the affairs of a chief financial officer of a corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws.

 

Section 16. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall cause to be kept full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the

 

11



 

name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by persons authorized by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board, the President and the Board of Directors whenever they may require it, an account of all of the transactions effected by the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer may be required to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties. The Treasurer shall generally perform all duties appertaining to the office of treasurer of a corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer or these By-Laws.

 

Section 17. Assistant Treasurers. The Assistant Treasurers shall be empowered and authorized to perform all the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer or these By-Laws.

 

Section 18. Controller. The Controller shall prepare and have the care and custody of the books of account of the Corporation. The Controller shall keep a full and accurate account of all monies, received and paid on account of the Corporation, and shall render a statement of the Controller’s accounts whenever the Board of Directors shall require. The Controller shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the affairs of the controller of a corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer or these By-Laws. The Controller may be required to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties.

 

Section 19. Assistant Controllers. The Assistant Controllers shall in the absence or disability of the Controller perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Controller or these By-Laws.

 

Section 20. Additional Powers and Duties. In addition to the foregoing especially enumerated duties and powers, the several officers of the Corporation shall perform such other duties and exercise such further powers as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine or as may be assigned to them by any superior officer.

 

Section 21. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may designate such other officers having such duties and powers as it may specify from time to time.

 

ARTICLE VI

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1. Form of Certificate. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an

 

12



 

Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Signatures. Any signature required to be on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 4. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record or by such person’s attorney duly authorized upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

 

Section 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 6. Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of a share to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

13



 

Section 7. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1. Indemnification Respecting Third Party Claims. The Corporation, to the full extent and in a manner permitted by Delaware law as in effect from time to time, shall indemnify, in accordance with the provisions of this Article, any person (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of any such person) who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (including any appeal thereof), whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative in nature (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation or by any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly through one or more other entities, a majority of the voting power or otherwise possesses a similar degree of control), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, manager, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent (a “Subsidiary Officer”) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (any such entity for which a Subsidiary Officer so serves, an “Associated Entity”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), costs, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (i) the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify a person who is or was a director, officer employee or agent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity against expenses incurred in connection with an action, suit, proceeding or investigation to which such person is threatened to be made a party but does not become a party unless the incurring of such expenses was authorized by or under the authority of the Board of Directors and (ii) the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify against any amount paid in settlement unless the Board of Directors has consented to such settlement. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, a person shall not be entitled, as a

 

14



 

matter of right, to indemnification pursuant to this Section 1 against costs or expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such person against the Corporation or any Associated Entity or any person who is or was a director, officer, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Officer of any Associated Entity (including, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such person to enforce such person’s rights under this Article VII, unless and only to the extent that such person is successful on the merits of such claim), but such indemnification may be provided by the Corporation in a specific case as permitted by Section 7 below in this Article.

 

Section 2. Indemnification Respecting Derivative Claims. The Corporation, to the full extent and in a manner permitted by Delaware law as in effect from time to time, shall indemnify, in accordance with the provisions of this Article, any person (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of any such person) who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit (including any appeal thereof) brought in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless, and only to the extent that, the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and costs as the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity against expenses incurred in connection with an action or suit to which such person is threatened to be made a party but does not become a party unless the incurrence of such expenses was authorized by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, a person shall not be entitled, as a matter of right, to indemnification pursuant to this Section 2 against costs and expenses incurred in connection with any action or suit in the right of the Corporation commenced by such person, but such indemnification may be provided by the Corporation in any specific case as permitted by Section 7 below in this Article.

 

Section 3. Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. Any indemnification to be provided under either of Section 1 or 2 above in this Article (unless ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification is proper under the circumstances because the person to be indemnified had met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such section of this Article. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the Corporation at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought,

 

15



 

even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by majority vote of the members of a committee composed of at least two directors each of whom is not a party to such action, suit or proceeding, designated by majority vote of directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by action of the stockholders taken as permitted by law and these By-Laws. Such determination shall be made, with respect to any other person, by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee (if any) of the Board may designate, in accordance with any procedures that the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or such designated officer or officers may determine, or, if any such officer or officers have not been so designated, by the Chief Legal Officer or the General Counsel of the Corporation. In the event a request for indemnification is made by any person referred to in Section 1 or 2 above in this Article, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such determination to be made not later than sixty (60) days after such request is made after the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding.

 

Section 4. Right to Indemnification upon Successful Defense and for Service as a Witness. (a)  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a present or former director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in either of Section 1 or 2 above in this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) and costs actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

(b)  To the extent any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity has served or prepared to serve as a witness in, but is not a party to, any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative in nature), including any investigation by any legislative or regulatory body or by any securities or commodities exchange of which the Corporation or an Associated Entity is a member or to the jurisdiction of which it is subject, by reason of his or her services as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or his or her service as a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity (assuming such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of such Associated Entity), the Corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) and out-of-pocket costs actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith and, if the Corporation has determined to so indemnify such person, shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide such indemnity within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation from such person of a statement requesting such indemnification, averring such service and reasonably evidencing such expenses and costs; it being understood, however, that the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Article to compensate such person for such person’s time or efforts so expended.

 

Section 5. Advance of Expenses. (a)  Expenses and costs incurred by any present or former director or officer of the Corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall, to the extent permitted by law, be paid

 

16



 

by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking in writing by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified in respect of such costs and expenses by the Corporation as authorized by this Article.

 

(b)  Expenses and costs incurred by any other person referred to in Section 1 or 2 above in this Article in defending a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by or under the authority of the Board of Directors upon receipt of an undertaking in writing by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation in respect of such costs and expenses as authorized by this Article and subject to any limitations or qualifications provided by or under the authority of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. Notice of Action; Assumption of the Defense. Promptly after receipt by any person referred to in Section 1, 2 or 5 above in this Article of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or advancement of expenses may be sought under any such Section, such person (the “Indemnitee”) shall notify the Corporation thereof. The Corporation shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding and, to the extent that it may wish, except in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, to assume the defense thereof with counsel chosen by it. If the Corporation shall have notified the Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense, it shall be a condition of any further obligation of the Corporation under such Sections to indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to such action, suit or proceeding that the Indemnitee shall have provided an undertaking in writing to repay all legal or other costs and expenses subsequently incurred by the Corporation in conducting such defense if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified in respect of the costs and expenses of such action, suit or proceeding by the Corporation as authorized by this Article. Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, after the Corporation shall have notified the Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense, the Corporation shall not be liable under such Sections for any legal or other costs or expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, unless (a) the parties thereto include both (i) the Corporation and the Indemnitee, or (ii) the Indemnitee and other persons who may be entitled to seek indemnification or advancement of expenses under any such Section and with respect to whom the Corporation shall have elected to assume the defense, and (b) the counsel chosen by the Corporation to conduct the defense shall have determined, in their sole discretion, that, under applicable standards of professional conduct, a conflict of interest exists that would prevent them from representing both (i) the Corporation and the Indemnitee, or (ii) the Indemnitee and such other persons, as the case may be, in which case the Indemnitee may retain separate counsel at the expense of the Corporation to the extent provided in such Sections and Section 3 above in this Article.

 

Section 7. Indemnification Not Exclusive. The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any person under this Article, or the entitlement of any person to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and

 

17



 

costs to such person in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation or a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity and as to action in any other capacity.

 

Section 8. Corporate Obligations; Reliance. The provisions of Sections 1, 2, 4(a) and 5(a) above of this Article shall be deemed to create a binding obligation on the part of the Corporation to the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation, and the persons who are serving at the request of the Corporation as Subsidiary Officers of Associated Entities, on the effective date of this Article and persons thereafter elected as directors and officers or retained as employees or agents, or serving at the request of the Corporation as Subsidiary Officers of Associated Entities (including persons who served as directors, officers, employees and agents, or served at the request of the Corporation as Subsidiary Officers of Associated Entities, on or after such date but who are no longer so serving at the time they present claims for advancement of expenses or indemnity), and such persons in acting in their capacities as directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation, or serving at the request of the Corporation as Subsidiary Officers of any Associated Entity, shall be entitled to rely on such provisions of this Article.

 

Section 9. Successors. The right, if any, of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity, to indemnification or advancement of expenses under Sections 1 through 8 above in this Article shall continue after he shall have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent or a Subsidiary Officer of an Associated Entity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, distributees, executors, administrators and other legal representatives of such person.

 

Section 10. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Subsidiary Officer of any Associated Entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article or applicable law.

 

Section 11. Definitions of Certain Terms. For purposes of this Article, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer employee or agent of the Corporation or as a Subsidiary Officer of any Associated Entity which service imposes duties on, or involves services by, such person with respect to any employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the

 

18



 

participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article.

 

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL

 

Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such date as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise upon any paper, certificate or document.

 

Section 3. Disbursements. All checks, drafts or demands for money out of the funds of the Corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 4. Amendments. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws shall be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or in a notice of such meeting of the Board of Directors, as the case may be. Unless a higher percentage is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation as to any matter which is the subject of these By-Laws, all such amendments must be approved by either the affirmative vote of holders of shares of capital stock issued and outstanding entitled to vote thereon representing at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 5. Definitions. As used in this Article and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

19


EX-10.05 4 a06-8685_1ex10d05.htm MATERIAL CONTRACTS

EXHIBIT 10.05

 

COMPENSATION FOR NON-MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

As of April 5, 2006, non-management Directors of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (the “Registrant”) receive an annual cash retainer of $75,000 and are reimbursed for reasonable travel and related expenses. The annual retainer is paid quarterly; however, the fourth quarter payment will be withheld from any Director who has been a Director for the full year for failure to attend 75% of the total number of meetings. The chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual retainer of $25,000, and each non-management Director who serves as a chairman of any other Committee of the Board of Directors receives an additional annual retainer of $15,000 per Committee. Each non-management Director who serves as a Committee member (including as Chairman) receives $2,500 per Committee meeting and $1,500 per unanimous written consent.

 

An annual equity retainer in the form of a grant of 1,700 RSUs is made to each non-management Director as of the day of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders. As of each date that a dividend is paid on the Registrant’s common stock, $0.10 par value per share (“Common Stock”), each non-management Director holding RSUs is credited with a number of additional RSUs equal to the product of (A) the dividend paid on one share of Common Stock, multiplied by (B) the number of RSUs held by the non-management Director, divided by (C) the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. The RSUs vest immediately and are payable in Common Stock upon death, disability or termination of service.

 

Alternatively, a non-management Director may elect to receive the annual equity retainer in the form of an option to purchase 5,100 shares of Common Stock, with an exercise price per share equal to the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date the award is made. Such option has a ten-year term, is not forfeitable, and becomes exercisable in one-third increments on each of the first three anniversaries of the award date or, if sooner, upon termination of service.

 

Mr. Michael Ainslie also receives an annual cash retainer of $40,000 for serving as a Director of Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, an annual retainer of $10,000 for serving as Chairman of its Audit Committee and $1,500 per committee meeting and $1,500 per unanimous written consent for serving as a member of its Audit and Compensation and Benefits Committees.

 


EX-10.06 5 a06-8685_1ex10d06.htm MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Exhibit 10.06

 

 

TRACY BINKLEY

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

 

April 5, 2006

 

By Hand

 

Jonathan E. Beyman

 

Dear Jon:

 

This letter will confirm our understanding with respect to your resignation from Lehman Brothers Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (together, the “Firm”).

 

You have expressed your intent to resign voluntarily from the Firm, but have agreed to provide transition services and to undertake certain other obligations as provided in this letter.

 

Effective as of May 31, 2006, you will resign your position as Managing Director and all committee memberships and other positions you hold with the Firm (your “Resignation Date”).  You will continue to receive base salary and benefits coverage through the Resignation Date.  During this time, you will work to ensure an orderly and successful transition of your responsibilities.  In consideration of your agreement to work through your Resignation Date and your commitment to abide by the other terms contained in this agreement, including the obligation not to solicit employees and to be reasonably available to the Firm for transition and advisory services, the Firm will pay to you a cash special separation payment of $800,000, less tax withholdings and deductions, on or about January 1, 2007.

 

If you materially breach any obligation you have under this letter agreement, you will not receive the special payment and, if such payment has already been made, will be required to promptly repay such amount to the Firm. Pursuant to the Firm’s policy regarding bonus entitlements for terminating employees, you acknowledge that you are not receiving a bonus for fiscal year 2006 and that you are not entitled to severance.

 

In consideration of the terms of this agreement, including the special separation payment, you agree as follows:

 

a)              you will reasonably cooperate with the Firm with respect to matters relating to your responsibilities while employed by the Firm, including but not limited to any business-related litigations, arbitrations or investigations;

 



 

b)             through December 31, 2006, you will be reasonably available from time to time to the CAO of the Firm and his or her designees to advise on business matters pertaining to your areas of expertise and experience;

 

c)              consistent with your existing obligations to the Firm, you will continue to maintain in strictest confidence all confidential or proprietary information concerning or relating to the Firm and/or its clients and not disclose or provide access to or copies of such information, directly or indirectly, to any other person or entity without the Firm’s prior written consent, and will return to the Firm any and all Firm property that you may possess within one week after your last day of active employment;

 

d)             you will not disparage the Firm or its directors or officers, and you will not direct, encourage or suggest in any way to any other person that such other person disparage the Firm or its directors or officers; and

 

e)              through May 31, 2008, you will not for the benefit or any person or entity other than the Firm directly or indirectly, in any capacity whatsoever, solicit, recruit or otherwise encourage the resignation of any person who is currently an executive, employee, agent, consultant or independent contractor of the Firm, or who was so within the twelve-month period preceding such solicitation, recruitment, or encouragement.

 

In addition to the above, you agree to the terms of the release attached to this letter as Exhibit A.  Notwithstanding the release and the other terms of this agreement, you will remain eligible for indemnification pursuant and subject to the corporate charter and by-laws with respect to your employment through your Resignation Date.

 

Your rights to benefits under any employee benefits plans, including your rights with respect to any outstanding equity awards, and your rights under any investment partnerships, will be determined in accordance with the terms of such plans and partnerships and any applicable agreements, as such apply in the case of a voluntary resignation from the Firm.  Please be advised that our employee benefits plans may be modified or terminated in accordance with plan terms.

 

You have been given a period of twenty-one days from the date of this letter to review and consider it before signing.  In addition, you may revoke the agreement within seven days of your signing it by delivering a written notice of revocation addressed to Tracy Binkley, Lehman Brothers, 745 7th Avenue, New York, New York.  Should you revoke the agreement, it will be null and void.

 

This letter constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Firm and supersedes any other written or unwritten agreement between you and the Firm with respect to the separation of your employment.  This letter may only be amended or terminated by a written agreement signed by you and the Firm.  This letter will be binding on the Firm and its successors and assigns.

 

2



 

Finally, I want to express my sincere appreciation for your contributions to Lehman Brothers and your agreement to work with us through this transition. If this letter accurately reflects our understanding, please sign in the space indicated below and return the signed copy to me.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Tracy Binkley

 

 

Tracy Binkley

 

Global Director of Human Resources

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jonathan E. Beyman

 

April 6, 2006

 

Jonathan E. Beyman

Date

 

3



 

Exhibit A:  Release

 

In consideration of the benefits described in the letter agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached, you agree to forever release the Firm, including all affiliated companies, past and present parents, subsidiaries and divisions and present and former employees, officers, directors, successors and assigns, from all claims you may now have based on your employment with the Firm, or the termination of that employment, to the maximum extent permitted by law.  This includes a release, to the maximum extent permitted by law, of any rights or claims you may have under federal, state or local laws of the United States, including: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, which generally prohibits age discrimination in employment; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, which generally prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, national origin, religion or sex; the Americans with Disabilities Act, which generally prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, which governs the provision of pension and welfare benefits; and all other federal, state or local laws prohibiting employment discrimination.  This also includes a release by you of any claims for wrongful discharge, any compensation claims, or any other claims under any statute, rule, regulation or under the common law.  This release covers both claims that you know about and those you may not know about.

 

 

JEB Initials:

 

 

 


EX-12.01 6 a06-8685_1ex12d01.htm STATEMENTS REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

EXHIBIT 12.01

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and
to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
February 28,

 

Year Ended November 30

 

Dollars in millions

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Pre-tax earnings from continuing operations

 

$

1,551

 

$

4,829

 

$

3,518

 

$

2,536

 

$

1,399

 

Add: Fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest)

 

5,870

 

18,040

 

9,773

 

8,724

 

10,709

 

Pre-tax earnings before fixed charges

 

$

7,421

 

$

22,869

 

$

13,291

 

$

11,260

 

$

12,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

5,846

 

$

17,790

 

$

9,674

 

$

8,640

 

$

10,626

 

Other (1)

 

32

 

125

 

114

 

119

 

103

 

Total fixed charges

 

5,878

 

17,915

 

9,788

 

8,759

 

10,729

 

Preferred stock dividend requirements

 

24

 

101

 

129

 

143

 

155

 

Total combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

 

$

5,902

 

$

18,016

 

$

9,917

 

$

8,902

 

$

10,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

1.26

 

1.28

 

1.36

 

1.29

 

1.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

 

1.26

 

1.27

 

1.34

 

1.26

 

1.11

 

 


(1)          Other fixed charges consist of the interest factor in rentals and capitalized interest.

 


EX-15.01 7 a06-8685_1ex15d01.htm LETTER RE UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

EXHIBIT 15.01

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

Letter of Ernst & Young LLP regarding Unaudited Interim Financial Information

 

April 10, 2006

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.

 

We are aware of the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements and Post Effective Amendments:

 

(1)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-53651) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(2)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-56615) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(3)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-58548) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(4)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-62085) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(5)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-65674) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(6)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-14791) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(7)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-30901) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(8)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-38227) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(9)           Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-44771) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(10)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-50197) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(11)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-60474) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(12)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-61878) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(13)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-64899) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(14)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-75723) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(15)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-76339) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(16)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-108711-01) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(17)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-121067) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(18)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-51913) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(19)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-08319) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(20)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-63613) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(21)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 033-28381) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(22)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 002-95523) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(23)         Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 002-83903) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(24)         Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-129195) of Lehman Brothers Inc.,

(25)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 033-53923) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(26)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-07875) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(27)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-57239) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(28)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-59184) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(29)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-68247) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(30)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-110179) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(31)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-110180) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(32)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121193) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.,

(33)         Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-130161) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.;

 

of our report dated April 10, 2006 relating to the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. that is included in its Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006.

 

We are aware that the aforementioned report, pursuant to Rule 436(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), is not a part of a registration statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.

 

New York, NY

 


EX-31.01 8 a06-8685_1ex31d01.htm 302 CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 31.01

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Richard S. Fuld, Jr., certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)         Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)         Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)         Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

 

April 10, 2006

 

/s/ Richard S. Fuld, Jr.

 

 

Richard S. Fuld, Jr.

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 


EX-31.02 9 a06-8685_1ex31d02.htm 302 CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 31.02

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Christopher M. O’Meara, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)         Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)         Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)         Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

 

April 10, 2006

 

/s/ Christopher M. O’Meara

 

Christopher M. O’Meara

 

Chief Financial Officer, Controller and Executive Vice President

 


EX-32.01 10 a06-8685_1ex32d01.htm 906 CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 32.01

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ENACTED BY
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350), I, Richard S. Fuld, Jr., certify that:

 

1.                                       The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 (the “Report”) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:

 

April 10, 2006

 

/s/ Richard S. Fuld, Jr.

 

Richard S. Fuld, Jr.

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and will be retained by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


EX-32.02 11 a06-8685_1ex32d02.htm 906 CERTIFICATION

EXHIBIT 32.02

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.

 

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ENACTED BY
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (18 U.S.C. Section 1350) I, Christopher M. O’Meara, certify that:

 

1.                                       The Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006 (the “Report”) of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as of the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:

 

April 10, 2006

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher M. O’Meara

 

Christopher M. O’Meara

 

Chief Financial Officer, Controller and Executive Vice President

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and will be retained by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


GRAPHIC 12 g86851ba03i001.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g86851ba03i001.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`@``9`!D``#_[``11'5C:WD``0`$````9```_^X`#D%D M;V)E`&3``````?_;`(0``0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$! M`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0("`@("`@("`@("`P,#`P,#`P,#`P$!`0$!`0$"`0$" M`@(!`@(#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,# M`P,#`P,#`P,#_\``$0@`,`"Y`P$1``(1`0,1`?_$`&H``0`"`P$``P`````` M```````("08'"@4"!`L!`0`````````````````````0```'``,``00"`@(# M``````(#!`4&!P@``0D3$1(4%2(*(1=!%B0U&!$!```````````````````` M`/_:``P#`0`"$0,1`#\`[^.!SX^J7IY**9U]0'G)7&A*0PPZW95C[=UN[HTP MHC+?#:GJEO=7^,-\6H]!9#BP5G,+[E3^PG])OWBLYJ:DP`C,2*S3N@D!L#R@ MA?G"\6=;UM8VW;?>ZKA8X>WUY>-AVSJ*T+N1JRI1("Y(WO2R-.866HD3XM7Q M`1:%4P-*WK:E[+`:SK>,NTQG M$RD2K\1FCL;8TABYSP]Z)REAG,5C, MVBR[]I&)A'V:4QQS_%6(OV+#(&Y,[-"[\)Q3I'!)^6WJRS/B/**.+^[[1@"+ MKOKH,@X#@1)U+O#'>)>X#UK'0];4+W:)TD(K[_8;R)HZE0X>!B'*!-@NB#^A M$L/4F;OR3!_865VM)Z[%]1AZ[#5&$_4#)_I&\WV1D9]FUAPK/K]#(M(;=<(& M^1&LIG))@W/SD:S5LYR<#9(9&JB)#%U^V$MW:]/2.7/<<2NYI*2THFN:LNT+#7(\X1S--)0[&'2QQ& M622+],B3C+5]A`K0+`MSX#@.`X#@.`X#@.`X%-GHGO*_(#I#-7G%AV-P=PV3 MJYCDT]-L^VTKDXU/FN@X6:K)E]P2"--:AO76#*#A-BU(P,@%:9, MOV?E7J'7?F%!4B>=3%_A]IK['MQ#+VMOA%;6C7+2U/X*'0D'MYY5@6I^B7_E MOS_B2?-V`WLL,NA>X%Z M"K60/N-TK"LU`.W,HIP.-9C&XXIP M"F-#]G80PK?UWA.CXKHU5D3-.B;UL2G8K6UAT]7,A8F"@^]@5-:4R=H+&[RS M[++A>H^S.=(@>XR\#.?7$*(P:-M[-3I3^U*("D.=_0N^_2#V2U@T>0S1@&B* M)/HRU*HT%MR&6%KM)?57O=>T\_1V>]T5;5I4=6*ED96>53%SG"3-S0 MM-$C<>E8`BZ2D@$D**-["`9@RB@I'LG^S%Y%-=+Z`GU.ZW@=I6+3L#E+W&*L M<(]9M;NMGS=O1*R(K#H4LLF#P]%+"Y#(P$)S%C2:M(2I#!*QBZ(!V/@6&3*.M$E.4) M^SF1W=4R88/B--`;UV6$/J[\29MC68;CT)I6CJ?O&-9>J.V;N:&>W*]AD^(0 M*H;!'=]7)8T"8M#J!J>).0T@;^NTOQGJ1&@*_EWV$/`ITR9=N;O!OQ$IV\-1 M.+&RSRY&=QTE+('"65EC_P!7V)O;9^J6>8>G_J5.LIG0Z6,^/Z7?F)(Z MPB$O\ID;^B;7%/0M8J&EJ1PK]T22Q#,<.P*2.SR$ZH.E@?J;A9RN?-&?:[OV M$W=;6K53D9640HM\9;5K!6618A$4=/"=D-7ELAYP'+]8(M7\7PF!'V$9VOV"\V'I=K="V:UK%0'#;2D>= M*.?:AU3L,.2+%*]M+*CS^I;"6>S5Q<@0?IQD1@YX-"^J4S9]OYZDA.8&_J/V MKG"_\EQK<$+L)O:GF4%95KT[HB&(]S1=&.8S3"E1+:I`4G4!*GV=T<^98\Q M=?6C#%+@GLIRK`^HZCZ9%)Q$F%;-\.S73%>JHL!*+I:ID#')9T0Y$`(Z[&'I M$(SOZ%@&((;NC2++F0*V?:^1*]>ZET4YS5PC,]C=QA9 M)2:UMKH)Q7.('$"=,4'LU&D"'Z3?`Y%O;G&]T^D7I50]+XL,C<'O;+&1)39^ MD[$L2S[6JVL;4H"_K+[@<0R._OE*('6P!&6(G@\T-,50S^+D-K)H@K:GBD5C=-[:SFGI9K;D(?A2J&(A7&8A*([& MCU`A'B(#'U*T@H8N_C4'?4(PAOH[SO\`6N_-0,.\*VLC$V6=)#JUPRPS(&%S MM"P^J2S9-'L4DFLZ/L`^I6`[1.B4"U0(N/M;@T1:&L'8#3"S5BA0!8G#26O? M'/2=)3OR28/+>CJ,FK%CI1JJ12VX])3/XUD8T5>T>JUJ1ZOMHD;CW-[8E!4C MC9\C+1-25V*[46&T=%^#MH6#6^;\\5;H)R8NYWI%%KSTXW\] M.:Q'L>]+6J<+0HJ1+5*E`E7I84$A^DKF;&4J=6A:*_1L*(Q/TL4B4%.899)_ MZR>0'.P[0;H-;-S4ACJY:AI>#VGC&E7!-!HA:EB4,U31CK^S;7LH@]7-IXE0 M$R_]PH:#^B3G26DB=G)Q7=&])"@AIYX>,WMEGM?,J^L[<.=JXJPRMJ[RC$KZ MK&,2&>[%AF2Z4GMDR^.5[0ZI_CD:J:J$LZ/LQQ-$\OR>721G[&EZ(^+]8C!P M))T#D]]\@_0#0I.5_.O0NEJYTEG+.L=IZTZYF-C2GQ0<0C(2($_V%E(20Z/*B%;AE=1D^]RZ[36RJ3K5LP; M:H'(U-?L:E.LL/A<<88A$HTVI6:.1>+M#? M'XZP-"$H)"%J961I3I&QJ;49`.@%$$%%E%@ZZZ"'KK@:KTQGBM=:4!;N:KA0 MN3A6=U05\@$P)97$;0]$M;VE$3TXLCF$L\*%Z:%71:M(:,HXD*DD'9A1I?W% MB#A)NG,N/;VVG2WC12LYTOMFTIK+&BFM'^CNH[5=+629XH7.*5LN^W,I9#5` M9C*YAEC@BL"0M#VY-J()CL6'@#TM,>,FC:AW_3E[>-D%QMB^%2/+UCY\MNT38`VIW*F'N63QF?W.XH MA6#,WDH['LE5"T86R/%*^Q-Q*@DX+@-.0:`WL,;RAX?[&SSHS:-%`T6N5^>6 ML9=6ENW=H=\EZ]Q]`]-NZ6%]D691[S/8P&+(JM@LUL*32)0\/R)/W(^V)06D M0+@*5RU8G#?J7PWJ&:^K\)OJ69JJ."X8Q?DBGZ:R]4C63&'".6Y;R.6SV9NE MAS>&H?E<%B>IRY`2E`"4A5&.KR!*Y@$>8`\SH*W;F_KM^HT8H3.V5JP]&*+T M7BJDIA)#5^4-)5K.\YTR7`NY>]6.R/-J/F=I6ZSK0:QNDSB)<:@=E[0D1K$Q M`BC!D#4=!#!_$FV;YJ&Z/1./Y/S)8GHY<,ST7'ZD.W"\*X!EO!;75M!0LJ%L M[-!IRWG6$4WU_#+#=WOJ/PN!L+I](1TS&$!*!T642%SGHYYX^B7I%G+,M$3^ M^L]4H^-&G6Z^;OL&A&.RD?5:L]=5_(/]21RK$TWM>C/-G3N0;YW1GFY+GT(*HH(QV%_I(^G8?6U2L,N M9E%RN*H,);'USG\^LJ)MYG8$YB!J;DRTP1!!J0DSH\D)3^?.;O4:B)".);/V M90VB,_5U7)]8U(Q5[07<`LJ;A1.[8&*V1;\A,7!:F&1,,.;1M0V9F*6MZSI5 M\YZDQ21\Z@/GXH8VL?#^!X35%XQ"+PZ_Y'9E]6E/\6_ M&D3$@;D#F6DK10R$?P*`$@98BPA!T'[`A;-P(O'Y%J?_`.P$6X&PV71^[^Z. M,SO*OTD@_&A-B5F1*SYM&TAMQ65:%J5'Y@9HF:Z!W+I^(R>PM`VW'0A[EN:,2 M1U7W%I]9T1-6I%34CLZT)D+@K5.'P_5"$80C%BG.]3,?I]*ZT MH"*,<5REY%Y`BN5ZJC#=T2L((T]K9S9+BO67&O(#SE;S.&^GX)$43TL5?108 MLD"OYA&G#,Z(#H*X#@.`X%)_H(=(=S7N9Y>1&Q)-5E#L5,E7_P"D=JP12)IF MB&EI2[.K%3^;(=*NORR8T]:!71&1KI&H[2FG)XPF`0QI]N9ZJ>`MQ"D/W_E-I%?U$UF(A?*=_ MXAI?U'V+Z_0+L.`X#@.!R/,]W+[:9/5_/U;O);3NOT4]9K]P?'DH'HD22<::XH^A!U7UU`(C4]?0 M2K(`S)8Y!*TAL8@$)CR$/V(F&(PUD0QV-LR,'7^`)6MF;B2"^O\`@`.N!F7` MAC8&\P2 M@8F&;SW.V_X]7;Q6M*6VZPM*%(Z*J2L_]T5_V%Q1''*4;R$PP\L0AMJ=2%]& M$L](LG8ORSFU(@3MQU+T/64#>R4QG9I:F6LT4;"IJZB-[&/HU0^2X2Y:<(/? M0!&J!=AZZ#].N@E?P'` GRAPHIC 13 g86851kmi001.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g86851kmi001.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`@``9`!D``#_[``11'5C:WD``0`$````9```_^X`#D%D M;V)E`&3``````?_;`(0``0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$! M`0$!`0$!`0$!`0$!`0("`@("`@("`@("`P,#`P,#`P,#`P$!`0$!`0$"`0$" M`@(!`@(#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,#`P,# M`P,#`P,#`P,#_\``$0@`,`"Y`P$1``(1`0,1`?_$`&H``0`"`P$``P`````` M```````("08'"@4"!`L!`0`````````````````````0```'``,``00"`@(# M``````(#!`4&!P@``0D3$1(4%2(*(1=!%B0U&!$!```````````````````` M`/_:``P#`0`"$0,1`#\`[^.!SX^J7IY**9U]0'G)7&A*0PPZW95C[=UN[HTP MHC+?#:GJEO=7^,-\6H]!9#BP5G,+[E3^PG])OWBLYJ:DP`C,2*S3N@D!L#R@ MA?G"\6=;UM8VW;?>ZKA8X>WUY>-AVSJ*T+N1JRI1("Y(WO2R-.866HD3XM7Q M`1:%4P-*WK:E[+`:SK>,NTQG M$RD2K\1FCL;8TABYSP]Z)REAG,5C, MVBR[]I&)A'V:4QQS_%6(OV+#(&Y,[-"[\)Q3I'!)^6WJRS/B/**.+^[[1@"+ MKOKH,@X#@1)U+O#'>)>X#UK'0];4+W:)TD(K[_8;R)HZE0X>!B'*!-@NB#^A M$L/4F;OR3!_865VM)Z[%]1AZ[#5&$_4#)_I&\WV1D9]FUAPK/K]#(M(;=<(& M^1&LIG))@W/SD:S5LYR<#9(9&JB)#%U^V$MW:]/2.7/<<2NYI*2THFN:LNT+#7(\X1S--)0[&'2QQ& M622+],B3C+5]A`K0+`MSX#@.`X#@.`X#@.`X%-GHGO*_(#I#-7G%AV-P=PV3 MJYCDT]-L^VTKDXU/FN@X6:K)E]P2"--:AO76#*#A-BU(P,@%:9, MOV?E7J'7?F%!4B>=3%_A]IK['MQ#+VMOA%;6C7+2U/X*'0D'MYY5@6I^B7_E MOS_B2?-V`WLL,NA>X%Z M"K60/N-TK"LU`.W,HIP.-9C&XXIP M"F-#]G80PK?UWA.CXKHU5D3-.B;UL2G8K6UAT]7,A8F"@^]@5-:4R=H+&[RS M[++A>H^S.=(@>XR\#.?7$*(P:-M[-3I3^U*("D.=_0N^_2#V2U@T>0S1@&B* M)/HRU*HT%MR&6%KM)?57O=>T\_1V>]T5;5I4=6*ED96>53%SG"3-S0 MM-$C<>E8`BZ2D@$D**-["`9@RB@I'LG^S%Y%-=+Z`GU.ZW@=I6+3L#E+W&*L M<(]9M;NMGS=O1*R(K#H4LLF#P]%+"Y#(P$)S%C2:M(2I#!*QBZ(!V/@6&3*.M$E.4) M^SF1W=4R88/B--`;UV6$/J[\29MC68;CT)I6CJ?O&-9>J.V;N:&>W*]AD^(0 M*H;!'=]7)8T"8M#J!J>).0T@;^NTOQGJ1&@*_EWV$/`ITR9=N;O!OQ$IV\-1 M.+&RSRY&=QTE+('"65EC_P!7V)O;9^J6>8>G_J5.LIG0Z6,^/Z7?F)(Z MPB$O\ID;^B;7%/0M8J&EJ1PK]T22Q#,<.P*2.SR$ZH.E@?J;A9RN?-&?:[OV M$W=;6K53D9640HM\9;5K!6618A$4=/"=D-7ELAYP'+]8(M7\7PF!'V$9VOV"\V'I=K="V:UK%0'#;2D>= M*.?:AU3L,.2+%*]M+*CS^I;"6>S5Q<@0?IQD1@YX-"^J4S9]OYZDA.8&_J/V MKG"_\EQK<$+L)O:GF4%95KT[HB&(]S1=&.8S3"E1+:I`4G4!*GV=T<^98\Q M=?6C#%+@GLIRK`^HZCZ9%)Q$F%;-\.S73%>JHL!*+I:ID#')9T0Y$`(Z[&'I M$(SOZ%@&((;NC2++F0*V?:^1*]>ZET4YS5PC,]C=QA9 M)2:UMKH)Q7.('$"=,4'LU&D"'Z3?`Y%O;G&]T^D7I50]+XL,C<'O;+&1)39^ MD[$L2S[6JVL;4H"_K+[@<0R._OE*('6P!&6(G@\T-,50S^+D-K)H@K:GBD5C=-[:SFGI9K;D(?A2J&(A7&8A*([& MCU`A'B(#'U*T@H8N_C4'?4(PAOH[SO\`6N_-0,.\*VLC$V6=)#JUPRPS(&%S MM"P^J2S9-'L4DFLZ/L`^I6`[1.B4"U0(N/M;@T1:&L'8#3"S5BA0!8G#26O? M'/2=)3OR28/+>CJ,FK%CI1JJ12VX])3/XUD8T5>T>JUJ1ZOMHD;CW-[8E!4C MC9\C+1-25V*[46&T=%^#MH6#6^;\\5;H)R8NYWI%%KSTXW\] M.:Q'L>]+6J<+0HJ1+5*E`E7I84$A^DKF;&4J=6A:*_1L*(Q/TL4B4%.899)_ MZR>0'.P[0;H-;-S4ACJY:AI>#VGC&E7!-!HA:EB4,U31CK^S;7LH@]7-IXE0 M$R_]PH:#^B3G26DB=G)Q7=&])"@AIYX>,WMEGM?,J^L[<.=JXJPRMJ[RC$KZ MK&,2&>[%AF2Z4GMDR^.5[0ZI_CD:J:J$LZ/LQQ-$\OR>721G[&EZ(^+]8C!P M))T#D]]\@_0#0I.5_.O0NEJYTEG+.L=IZTZYF-C2GQ0<0C(2($_V%E(20Z/*B%;AE=1D^]RZ[36RJ3K5LP; M:H'(U-?L:E.LL/A<<88A$HTVI6:.1>+M#? M'XZP-"$H)"%J961I3I&QJ;49`.@%$$%%E%@ZZZ"'KK@:KTQGBM=:4!;N:KA0 MN3A6=U05\@$P)97$;0]$M;VE$3TXLCF$L\*%Z:%71:M(:,HXD*DD'9A1I?W% MB#A)NG,N/;VVG2WC12LYTOMFTIK+&BFM'^CNH[5=+629XH7.*5LN^W,I9#5` M9C*YAEC@BL"0M#VY-J()CL6'@#TM,>,FC:AW_3E[>-D%QMB^%2/+UCY\MNT38`VIW*F'N63QF?W.XH MA6#,WDH['LE5"T86R/%*^Q-Q*@DX+@-.0:`WL,;RAX?[&SSHS:-%`T6N5^>6 ML9=6ENW=H=\EZ]Q]`]-NZ6%]D691[S/8P&+(JM@LUL*32)0\/R)/W(^V)06D M0+@*5RU8G#?J7PWJ&:^K\)OJ69JJ."X8Q?DBGZ:R]4C63&'".6Y;R.6SV9NE MAS>&H?E<%B>IRY`2E`"4A5&.KR!*Y@$>8`\SH*W;F_KM^HT8H3.V5JP]&*+T M7BJDIA)#5^4-)5K.\YTR7`NY>]6.R/-J/F=I6ZSK0:QNDSB)<:@=E[0D1K$Q M`BC!D#4=!#!_$FV;YJ&Z/1./Y/S)8GHY<,ST7'ZD.W"\*X!EO!;75M!0LJ%L M[-!IRWG6$4WU_#+#=WOJ/PN!L+I](1TS&$!*!T642%SGHYYX^B7I%G+,M$3^ M^L]4H^-&G6Z^;OL&A&.RD?5:L]=5_(/]21RK$TWM>C/-G3N0;YW1GFY+GT(*HH(QV%_I(^G8?6U2L,N M9E%RN*H,);'USG\^LJ)MYG8$YB!J;DRTP1!!J0DSH\D)3^?.;O4:B)".);/V M90VB,_5U7)]8U(Q5[07<`LJ;A1.[8&*V1;\A,7!:F&1,,.;1M0V9F*6MZSI5 M\YZDQ21\Z@/GXH8VL?#^!X35%XQ"+PZ_Y'9E]6E/\6_ M&D3$@;D#F6DK10R$?P*`$@98BPA!T'[`A;-P(O'Y%J?_`.P$6X&PV71^[^Z. M,SO*OTD@_&A-B5F1*SYM&TAMQ65:%J5'Y@9HF:Z!W+I^(R>PM`VW'0A[EN:,2 M1U7W%I]9T1-6I%34CLZT)D+@K5.'P_5"$80C%BG.]3,?I]*ZT MH"*,<5REY%Y`BN5ZJC#=T2L((T]K9S9+BO67&O(#SE;S.&^GX)$43TL5?108 MLD"OYA&G#,Z(#H*X#@.`X%)_H(=(=S7N9Y>1&Q)-5E#L5,E7_P"D=JP12)IF MB&EI2[.K%3^;(=*NORR8T]:!71&1KI&H[2FG)XPF`0QI]N9ZJ>`MQ"D/W_E-I%?U$UF(A?*=_ MXAI?U'V+Z_0+L.`X#@.!R/,]W+[:9/5_/U;O);3NOT4]9K]P?'DH'HD22<::XH^A!U7UU`(C4]?0 M2K(`S)8Y!*TAL8@$)CR$/V(F&(PUD0QV-LR,'7^`)6MF;B2"^O\`@`.N!F7` MAC8&\P2 M@8F&;SW.V_X]7;Q6M*6VZPM*%(Z*J2L_]T5_V%Q1''*4;R$PP\L0AMJ=2%]& M$L](LG8ORSFU(@3MQU+T/64#>R4QG9I:F6LT4;"IJZB-[&/HU0^2X2Y:<(/? M0!&J!=AZZ#].N@E?P'` GRAPHIC 14 g86851ba07i001.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g86851ba07i001.gif M1TE&.#EA<`)3`7<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+`4`!0!E`DD!@@```````("`@,#`P/___P$"`P$"`P$"`P/_&+K< M_C#*2:N]..O-N_]@*(YD:9YHJFY$Z[YP+,]T;=]XKN]\[__`H'!(+!J/R*1R MR6SN%,ZH=$JM6J_8K';+[2:AWK!X3"Z;S^BT^AE8N]_PN'Q.KSO!]KQ^S^_[ M_TAX@(.$A8:'B%V"B8R-CH^0CXN1E)66EYABDYF)HZBK MK*VN::JOLK.TM4NQMKFZN[PQN+W`P<*GO\/&Q\B0QW^!`W>'DY>8OX^?JZ]GI[._PR>[Q]/6[\_;Y^JWX^_[_G_H!'$@P MDL"""!,6.JBPH<,\#!]*G+@F(L6+&,-8A+'`_T7'C"!#$MGHL62;%B=%JEPI M*B63-BE=LIQ)TZ-,)3!+UMQ)DR1'E#K1*1!`M*C1HTB3*EW*M*G3IU"C2IU* MM:K5JUBS:MW*M:O7KV##BF4J[N:1F$%_\ES+3D#9ET#1RC#+MJXWMS]\$FB` M4A5=NX"KX?6AEW#@P]L&]RB\&+%CP6\U/I[\3#$/QIQ;L&[)%U=[=ZK:-W+%Y"S_ENP9PW,.3ARI. MX_AOY=`[,9_AW'CTZY>FS_U[A3OV[X6T^_)>A3SX\WW$.LFUR(\WV'A@CJ;LV"./2,(1)%_H`%6ED;[()Z(B3++BY),K M>F@3E47^A!9,+D59@Y*2=8G*EV">J*8;4S*@EHQ$QG627%2P.:*;;\899B5U MPF@EGF<&-><,?G():)."^BAFC'96:66>B5ZZJ`R-D#U8ZYJFH MEFIIGUMZ"FHI<,;Y*1H4!CCK"YUN<>NK0(HZP*YE:!@-L`3DJ@6QM&'P1ZS_ M8"*[9!/$&IN%LZUEX`>S3U+[)Q71MJHKK\8IVP>V/6KK:'LAYF7ND.".U^&X MOJ[[+;=:JOMLNZ5:<&V\I$K1K;UMXKO>NWR0"V6_4?Q+F+QI"4QI!?N*RO"T MY=6[\+WM6@NOQ`C?8?%B$^?I\)CZ;AQIR-VMEJJJJ2H,,L;@:EPPOX22;*C( M6!Z:9;H7!SQROA";+"C*5L2D(IXBQU4DTJP"O.W/0%,0\67#?$XA+19>(X9"16(;Y-'1=YJ)=L-1K)TRU%%/$/<9 M!M-=,TJ"*VIVTCAO[9G/(V?PMS6/.U*HC#.^"(:I_XCG[>VQ?/1D!%ZV MW.*`V'3/3__L.,=JB"[IX)M3ISAI77>^.M6M@\X(L"YS#3.OMP\--^MC5\SS MRXP['+RLP^,^-GQDJAW[2)33U?9ARS?;O/`2Z8TCWNPVCH'NFI`_D/="I,G= M]8%EG^WVS'<__4@[#PS]_?CGK__^*<3+OP;^^Y\`!Y@_]"UH+K+CF_O*!3_M MR<]I$:I?^)0W/N+1RGP`,6#I)+@JU570>1>T8$,TN+`]W:R#XKL`!A6Q0G^0 M,&&V^R#W8-'"?;S08PJ48?QH*$*%W!!:,51A#X-50WW\$"XY%"((`5?$?!SQ M%D&T0!/9-L5Z/#&"4%O@P?]R-T2$7/$+4:Q`%8LVQGA\,1!AI$`9N;7&=YSQ M+>6Q?'X+I1/1!UY_*@$F<8PB7Z<'Y%B^/GYE@^0IX/D,;+H@X=R$,_)N2- M1F`?8+18N#[R<82(I%<2I6C($;6Q+9E$ER+WN$-+EA*3$%S-CR1I%TJ.CHF= M_,DI=X7%PD@PD!:]["G.3`)N:`*4TY.C)TZ`R' M.L%7H5%R\IUTC"&4B@/S0LY'\#02'8T,1VE1>A'6J%[U)+7E2 MQVYV)ZV57*I7OVF+MS*!JO$Y:$WJFM6N[A6J>I7H5VGAUR4`UJCYH2M6M<7- MPJ[UL&V-:LG$&E>R'G`GA*4L7E]9'K9RU:U2_2M/@0C:R6K5M&J]*V9/J]F@ M<;:@%&OM6;<#V[R6=K:QU45CE0!8U@[6M895+%^YT5O2__8UM8[M;.($:]:A M"FBTN92M@KV6U>]_E,I:]WUTM$N,+8)P(6+3F=2Y8$;Q?!6=4 MH[J5[X(>_-KM9G:]FX4K;L-UX<9DN,%?X'!R;VK@_%+X"/R=ZXGQ>P<57];# MM`6Q;44<3E^6V'3_I3&T;$Q@%G/WN2%6[8A)C,89M[C&Z:WO;W$LY!XCY_]2>U:SYPC(Z$;S;[*.+G"S(@W0H5'ZTIC. M@#IQP2?K=5G#99$SA-],9O3J5Q-7WL]JPUL_12-Z)FU><:!S/&5)"]K4J59$ MK@FT:GH:[M6^#DFL;TQJ*>/:UK0^-J&ML6LA.+2_,5K9!%._.VR>0^,K[S/6I[JSMA"N\WPQ/L M<%$*7.+K'K.Q)YYN.&.>(4[[J]/(_RH!:^WMD%^L,BZ+S(,9693JHU17S MFP/UY9',>.BLO@/P*MV@$;_UU&>N]I!;W.0^5SFJY8[EN`8VLCQO>\TICFZV M)WOM1V\=V6LDW9[*F\WT]OK7A^[@I_=]`A49?`X`GG7$-]UF;Y>ZVZ,^\LU3 MG5:2QP%_(?YQO<<]\YW?.^>!#GB<"Y[NJF:YTRM/[<0;W>_W]KS0!][XT)\^ M\+\B_GM\<%[YUL%CZO^M^]SWG-M\-#GS0PYX( ME#]\[2__,-2S_OH6PX>Y[3;GW5KQ[JRX=[__NA3T?VKZG7 MP/99])=[]I=_FE>`B\=[*89RGN)_-/!%`6=\C+>`CL=]Z7=\U,.`NN*`C))T M%J%-\F![RF>`J==\"9A]YL:!%.A^9R9]&2)_P9%W]6>")VAZ^T>"YX>`KE=U MW\=KLN=9_B6!"IAP77=[-3B#-^A\/,A_,.:!$6AYZ@# MSN:!I">$*$ATVR=SV&>#*:B%CX>%=N:">]:%4(B!US6%05>%S)>$W0%="B'^E>&]W>&.^A]3%AW++XK6'S"(=IKXA[S8B6+8BCGXB*2H M<6'H`\6U9@*8C([XBK`X@40XC8R(ADO8B\5XBYCW@2['C3!7@@8=K.X MCMLXA#`P5M,6A&W8CL@'AZT7CU_8>Y4(CY!H77F8B;H(C,N(@[[HC`DYB0OG MC5>G8-$T@)MXD+_(A\&HD*-X=\/(C-0(D;EXC_+HCNJH>/RXB_Y8B.TVDCTP MD,4'DOVX@N)(BPP0B1J0A0Y9=A[I4Q*IC"?)D=\8D+&X8>](DD")CRW`DM=8 MD!9)D1@IDPO_0)-BUW\J^9`_R&T/(6#/J(U%&9+Y>)/[J)&4Z)63EY-LF!!8 MN9#LR)49*)8Z"(X;B9#C:(JN(A%GF9%;^9+=&),`&8UC-Y4X694+YA!UZ91/ M"8KQQY;06(M]B9@V@)3V:)9REI47V91[69A!&6IWF(YZV9&`&9&"&9EH69(& MV9,5.9&D68<-N9DK29:TAQ"#69F6:91OR)B3Z99AJ9I428X>UQ"O291W:9(P M"9>$>8RP65<4XI@8=I6@:9:Z9.L:)NIZ9Y_J9O48YZ?B9ZA__F;HQF< MILBF+U'F:#!F@\DEXG9F4DIAI%GJAE?4K M&*J@LK*AWBDQ'AJB``2B'4">7%:>YYEOZ>F@ZPF<>1FAZ`>?$"J<_V:=0&:- MKJF=QB_TF9OAF;:CF;_[BD'SJ>-JJ'V8F? MW1FE"RJ4#9JD,KJ803J6$ZJ3]ZFB^;;JGQ#FH:_2GR%BE9'JE/%J< M/JJG[ZF?2]F!85J6.6JEVSFI=:J5BCF=7_\J>E-*D('*J3OJJ8=:J=(Y=UN* MAZ7:DI")JH,:J8KJG"UQ`E>ZJ+%*H;/ZJ)V*JS[VJH;ZJ;5IJ:;)*;WZF)L* MK*DJK+BACS':HOM)I_V9C?^7J:U9$`C*JF9:J&BZJG%XK:YXK-]:K?.XK,DY MID=:IDS:IVLYJG;ZKN#:E?+:F.I:3^PJI^Y*J.@:KN0ZI\4JKM%)K__JI_EJ M8G&*@P(+L`';KZIJK.J)K/X)J]J:BMPJJ(AJJX@:L00[K>=ZJ[1Q6[5*6Z-;*ZN$DGSC.K=T MB[=Y>ZN7R75B.Z^\NK>^VK>'"ZH[2[7Q:K4L2K'8>K646ZZ6^[B!>Y1!VZB7 MT+8_"[8D!IT@2[:;ZZ3$6K=86[F8JK:>R;9^6[":>[IY*KE<>KDH&[FVZ[)V M>[J,.AN=`+I?6[CKE[J"V[NL>[N`B[F3N[K,.[*N^Y$>$KNE.[O)R[O(^[S8 MB[LXF[-_R[UQZ3O),[V-N[+6J[UFN[RYB[HO.Z_GZ[92JKC,^CSEF[FK__B] MX#N\>*JEI#NV[QN^2S>774N]_GN_LON_^@NO["NQS6NZUZNUT2NFL%N_#7R^ MZUN[#*R\#HR^JIN_DIJV!,HYP4O`B/NV'DRX68J9_5O"\1O!FDJ_*^RX!ER] M"/S!Q"N%%*S!->RF(9Q;`YS#V^N\''R\V7O!_)O!07S":-O"/_/#5&R_(HB_0@R_8%R\=HS!9)S'XILZ$]S'%3S# M!6S&!6S"2JRSD)PDG0N\?%S(1WRS12NZ+ZC)9RF/,S0--T/4LS-`LP`*MS^6%SN?,KYTLS[DJT5-,STF\S:0JO^L*+0.-T"$- MT5_FRL?,T2Q,RQZMKR!-TDZ'T;U,T;L\R!,-S-JLT!N-TQ`\S(GTT!8]K#`] MST0[T_L;RNK,S"+-Q`W_;94&>DXN78XVG<]/77XF7E?=J?"]JHO=K(Q]JNW0A(]=JRS5S%`SA\Z\3+ M0(3>,Q)L.4-'1*(U.J-KJ7`VT_4M'5!C(;Y@U'?]'>Y$W< M'F,6Y6T>_NW6D57@OW9HL4WA;FU"`+X0DW`Y]$W;CCU\X>/7"E[BF=W@1X5G M`RX[3%-C"#3C-;XG+'Y=9H+C[WTW7;4>1=KC&+<0X1+C&WCB*(XW*HZB.)HE M+O[B-6[@F;/DEJ+A6M;?.:[C_03A]BGD<+K@9&4NL;W<3O[D";XJ4^+D2G[F MTY;F4>[E&?[F20,CX>77<[Y.;JYG9DX_G1;C)V3E>J7F87[DB*`UWXWA[#WG M!L[E<'Y`Z!V`+F+D4/3H[HWH4PY#E'[I1Z=N;K".BL]A>&2^,Z^^9;'>>,Q-ZYN>W:WNV,!>GZ1C M#;>]Q^.BV\HN";T]V\X^"&/^[-(.Y=->[2WBV]:>[=&>[=R^U-W^[9X-[N+. M;.->[OUG[N@>XNF^[G?%[NY>6N\>[T,N[T#2V=L>#ZT:JE&3JV#N8[M>TJXB M?^(V\"`NM&Z#[=4PW1F2V3*>Z5?>#1_QX$#.\-TMWRJC\!1/.YIQ[_B.X$6> MY!JO4>(6Y"U.+2;$(!B_N).$\-10.<#=$02?\94#\S-/2T#S,%<2;Q%O*-@= M\S%_\S1?W'2>YSC_\PJ_\[3_-/,2?O";X?(%/_`&,M_].#_B)=NC] M7O)'4O!33_B&[O$63Q^'W_B2K_9O_QB+OP[O56<4CO0GG_=8"(YT3BE"3_-^ M7R>J0OMY[^M$?_M)KR^TO^]9/EAMC^^6'G:7#Q%[3N.4?]K@'_ZD/?[D;^_2?_YN8O[JGT/M__[U D#?_O'L_^\B\P]%__&7/9^K___-___O__"!"ZW/XPRDGK3``[ ` end GRAPHIC 15 g86851ba05i001.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g86851ba05i001.gif M1TE&.#EAH0*6`7<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+`,``P";`I`!@0```````,#`P/___P+_C(^IR^T/HYRTVHNSWKS[ M#X;B2);FB0+!P+;N"\?R3-?VC>?ZSO?^#PP*A\2B\8A,*I?,)C.@&IWN-JYV4D*&RL[2UL; M%S7&FKK).D?I:QLL/$Q<7&9Z*6&9R6GL_`P=+6T85:B4.)VMOKK[._HC>#A\O/P_V3G^/GZ\_9+_O_P\08+^`!`L:3#?PH,*%#(W9 M.Z#)5<1?R\`UO(@QXY=W_[UB`$O53*/(D22I<'3%3!6O5J]*NGP),T@_9A]5 ML0SY(F7,G3Q+HG+QTUI.8#5E6.R)-&G!H*MJ^B+:TJC2J527"HV(U1I$E15M M'*T*-JRZH#B!&ODJ-JU:;61-_HNP-B[!ME/0M@L@(*_>O0+LROV[CJX4OX'Y M&B8,./$XP4X0(S3,U['BR=D8-Y%<#B]DO9@I>W9F^DGGQ:3S MKCX->U;J:Z-;OXZ->]3L)+>Y:2;=.[?P2+N1!&?;NN_PY0ZO5CE>.3ETYM3_ M%!]4&WCU[;2NG\V^>3KW\6N\%Q$?[7=X\NQ#F0_G3SUD].WK>WG/#_Q\^_P; MX?\70M\S\AW67X&"_">3?@0:R&`?"`(1(&C2-4BA'@_^$*%#$U;(H1H7^I!A M,0-&UF&)9WP8AH(D$@>7B6JAR$.(Q(RXEXQ9T%BCBR\ZYU9\&T*"8VDZB@7C M#C8*$Z1RQ"6GY)!@D;552E%*M!4=*N:XY(].4L44)CP^=1./.5TI))!,'KGE M/4RA5*505+I9`YJV)"GGF655;-+7T9E%`H0!HH!U()VBA!IQI:***+LIH MHXX^VL&75SD%55DPU-F=EHXDV22>275)"9_+A/D5IK)IZM^=GBH%)9NY9%5E MFU+Y:)LGG)JZZEB2>O0=K=IE66NN2!5I")FNV:JJL#S_$9L#KK'0B2RJRKK$ M+"+&=KIILM/"5.T-SL("+;"_;LNMF(-=^^T3VI+KD[F-H1MML.Q2Z^YE\(J[ MWKSTXIJN;M(NF1"I1E%7&8W>\ M:8M^QS>IEXZ'5"G(_8KRLSN*_R_^]J1ON@E1Y*6N'8@RF/^=R)Z0>VX4I*H# M2NCJKK\.>^RRSTY[H))>,A2I$NN-K7^7CZYFXUV>KKOA;]=]SN_`S]-J'JA, M^11:D[N'O(/*+Q^/GCWGQ_OTQEV/_5U4&P=ZV>"'']CXV'5OZ_GH(Z1^KX<' MG3@$[S,?_WGE6^?^_>3@'95\5*Y^#_!?]O('G_DEC8`.,"`\`&@I-56/#Z)S M8/K$=CS$^O?$06D1`@1T7I&?"); MHHBA*?]2T(E6%!$60:1%%'*QB\-(HO<^P42`C9&,P3!C&"VT1C;6PHT@!%(< MY2B;+Z:HCI:K(AY!H\<8O=$-*?PC('@G,8`ISF,0L9J1*-[@HCLSA@.1-(CC1_]Y!8`ZK_?1*Y>H@P@P#BZ27J^ MT%L@'8Q(SR;3BN!N2C8))TK!J%+FG3"9\'S#3\$6U%V$ZE4K\=)4CXK4>6+3 MG?UTJ19@>K^H5I.D1=T%4V^:U+LM]:G\8*O42EH'!3`UKF=%JU9YN-:>-L:M M&K403HVWU7IV]9POY6M?)?G7<>K4AH.%IE/U.B.O+H^.Y)P;(B#[!,."`JPC M3>PU\9K-EA+VJYI%8VG)1=G%=O*RDL4"9QURVFVE-K`[;6Q3"XO9-L9V+)DL M:7<\NT[5EI.UH[W1;LWIV(N9CBMP__IM6K.7U]9>X;4B.NXV?%M3R.7SN0^, M;G%=:UU[RI4AV,U;<[MYUT1RU:'2_6=X%]E>@9B.E#85*'?OXMWDDC:W^,L;_UY-P6F:+6C7*UK]&A?!W6'PEIHGSL$Q=\.*I2UC MV?O=Z5K8?!1F&:AL@A.GG/>SZA4LB"4,WA++@KI0;66!-:S+#C_8Q1&^[7[C M"YH1#TE/;#)OG^H[5V,"\Y=*;K*3GPSE*"OJ=N;]DS6#Z^'5\A3((97QLX2L MHQ-OKIK,S&F6A[OE$+O7R^`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`NN:`;Z&!*Q>` M^_=O^2"]A:#SQ:"V8>`*$A<-YAP.8AO M.YAY/0B$YT&!@V>!BS.#)RB`I;>$\/>$_26$"T>$C6>$4PAL/@A?1VAR5RA` M+/AS)1B%-.B%?0:&P%>#$UB%9J"`,].$0F>"M':&`)*$9-B!HQ.'+K>&7!AX M9>B$6NAJ?KA2:>A\63B'7%>'=T>(_[14&;&'4]>'BP@A=WA^E%@*CW@RZ;52 M8LA\>$B"!]B(4O\(B`/C6B*(B*6HB(*(@Z/X;9B(-H;8B:F8AY?(BD'HBC=W MB^0EB\SCB5%GB2ZXBVD0C',BB\5(BK788ZK(?6UX#,BH=8E($G`F*Y40*Y]H M;+X&B],WA38XC#GGC)68B^)34Z&28J+B)]=W;M(HB=W(AN-(1?#8C-OX%I1G M9)U#>N7'>OO(C_WHC_\(D!<0>D5A>?0E>U"HC!E(BZ$HC.RH6^%H>_*H*\B4 M?+N4CT@&C;KHD/J(C0W)C`,HD:P6DJ@A/(\S>K&G8PC)D`HYB=]HAQ"Y$1E) MARZI-;Z63."$?)ITD!SY@"?RBY$WDH,8E-5&CXQC?=F(?3.YD538DDO_291% M"8$)&3HP67C'2)5`Z8XC^8:M")6XU9419;B7M6Z9;E\9.X1Y;1IY:@.(8+9HF3=I=XN9'>Z)12`)=O()=Y MJ4U-:9:V=IAHD)C$>)7)UI>+69BXMI!HJ9&#B8N,Z9$K26*5.29C29I>F96@ M67.9V3ZG^8.>29F7:9J1*9EUZ7VLF7ZJF9:P69NRR8E_*9*.*96=^9@+2)LO MJ9L^Y9NG6'>XF9N!^8[)643'*1.N^8?%N1&8R9MMMIE[&9JB&8C;Z9/4&9'6 M:9+/$8W8"8/""9[*29[U`)P\^9S.^2ZS*9W3_YF:]"F!YOF=G,D_[QD&D_E5 MVJF>A/F8@EF@XW>?\ZB?2IB@+T6@PQF>$JJ-#2IO%MJ8"PJ8#SJ>YNF7_-F? M';F:'(J<&DI\`!J@*&HD`DHP]HFA&0J=6AF?3_FB(=J3XNBA$=J>0]J.,6JB/'FCAJFB*_JD^YFC+BJ>7L>>_EF6),J(2[J% M/TJ<6FJD5`JFGG>EWIF,2/J042JE7NJ>:AHF_W2D.\J'^5FE.,JEJ12?P#D! M9:.C6#JG2DJG/1JD7RJG1'JG;UFD<-J<=4JF@8JF=@!U30J?@[JH8QJ3B8J> ME?JH3.FHA1H'D8I$>?]*J15ZJ)#D31D&/3J9DO(9JMTIHD8!JKXAJFYZG9N: MG>78>Z^$DG4VHS0JJ#48J]SO9JX-@F\T2K&PQK&R:I9;J M%J4S9F26K$H9D-LJ`4S&K=\*KN$J**[W3;"7K;PZJM/JI^MXH,]:&='*J)[J@;1:JV8ZF@"+872E?'WW>VOZJ7.7KALJ ML1-+LB4:LQ5ELA[[L;_:C0\KBC-;G0"[C/%:K;\Y?'MZFSC;L$8+M//YLD7_ M>[+-MFG@\Z$A2;2H>;2/>G\8VU8MRZY-&YM#NTU1:Z)3"Y8B2ZI(:[58*[-) M"[,@Z[)+^YH6"+9LJ[`JVZ55Z[%7J[60R;-VJK94*[>LJC8U2[>^VK=O>[8: MNVQY:W@LZH:*R[CEB6YQ6[@7^K=XNZ\;JZ=W]+A.^K=U6[E?VZ=DV[9VJZ_"*UVS2[II.[FUB[FX:YD^*Z2\&[&'>[Q/ M.[Q"*[U>J[UK^KS0Z[2K^[W*6[[OJW34:[.W:[ZN_[N]OUN\A*2Y[4NWXNN_ M(2:_ZENL]8N_V:N[U\:^>0NXZ$N[C/:YTQNZ_!JR`ERZ!7RZ!9RZ%_R$S;NV MZ2O!#!J^`!S!_2*V#MJ_R!N[U=NS"PNY'DS"',S`LCO"'?S`]CO#[@N_ M#KFX_)N__[O#-$R\'SRZ\QN],*S!9JO"?,O#^ZO`EGO#01R*`9R_A-O`/ZO# M%IR[(?Q]/?S$*&R+41R_-?RZ2_S"2GS"&AO#S.O$W-N]:S"(`+&-DK$P3O&A&S# M=HS%<)S'.1S(`[S(?>S&'?_[PX:\QT)LDP%DC1=Y=4`LQWC\RIJLRRO?:?`L,R,?,Q,W,S;?LS+;LJ;3]I%`IX=6`$SL6+TZT\T06]TAJ-O8[QTQF- MH-[_[-*[+-,P+V)W79(W>Y!W;M\VR.&S:S-W?3$W@YGW?SAO<]OW@?\W8[FW:^*VY M\IW+ITW5ZNW@`/[AK4W.Q6S.\/W?>TG;&$[WA$_[>*G[8?ZR7#<[>O&+AQZWD?7W@ MKPW>_+W@8%W@3@[B.:[C,,[;72[F*&[<1?WB&3WDVTW?'1[F0-[=;I[9B+V; M.S[E/:ZH:L[C(3[+:?[CXHW!;9[G2'[A$`[FP@WG6U[<46[F%.[=54[BQWWC M1S[FAZ[G,2[C$3ZV7*[IB:[7=/]^Y@:>=41^XZ/^Z3;.Z)0NZ%).Z.D-Z($^ MZ1=;YE>^Z2SNZ)B>X*6>Y?L]ZW5>Z<#(Y+#=Z[@.ZXHNZZ@.ZCRVX:1^ZD7^ MZKR>ZHN>Y*N.Y9+>[,+>WIV.Z*[>Z*&.Y\R^YC#N[-6^[.&^Z]+^[?KMVF^N M[9PNX)SGZ>-NU'SN[H\.[8,^[L).[L9NZLNN[)FN[_\^[-@>[/!N)/+NSM,> MZ?BN\/?.\-$.Z/U>XOF^[@'?[@Z/R^\`[O\?;^\:K^\-9NZ!,O M\==>\7.+\?@>[QK/ZB3?\"`O\R(?\O7N[Q#?Y![+3.[7WN[7Y> MWS-O\T?___,K/_(<+^'B_MXHKZJG2M+\:M)!SO([?^M,__0=;_1)S_4TW_7` MCO`EK_1;'[CTZLLGV0CO62'_-@;_E(/]\ZO_1SG_-N M'_FF9$T,G8YLK_)YG_0G/_G+G?I>7_F87_>FG_F6CLX;[^^>S_F@KPN-8Z[W MFL_JCO&H__D_O_>L7_/$?_=$;O4S_,A_0HC?8VI+.JM?_K+G^S8 M[^+6'_O)[_IXS_TV.OS,7^[![V$\[@ M('F*&A,1-R0K._XZ/2VW2D$5459E4CE?`V,/9S7S:B\_;4UQ74\9?UG:=L5@ M1T6/]Y)1@WGYD"FA/:2GF9MO>UE:M76-EXFMGY6KP8&S:[;12S'+<[RCP\4= MS]/5K[&_Y^7U]YW[5;O)NBA5@62R>M5D;;E4;6(M3OV]5]BS+EQM:F7`10T[K M^'%4J4'S8C:,=[-FJIZQ6OXK.C)IPD>YVO*:&73=I2C,^F2,5')ET[9O-W8[ M>3?NUJYGAS[,NS?MVKJ+%^[+N:SOUYV#VUP-/7I<-M7+S4ZG_/-OZU:]?Z?& M?'GXTL.=/^__COT\>>'N%P]NKS[^=OOK8DN_3!\X>^+)Y?LO-^0`$Q"]]/Q# M$#SS##S0N`()A#"[`--K;K0!N7N//L5DVR_!"#',$#A2*`,1OA$7Y,_##Q\, MD<(6'111MA=A9+"=ZUV0&2_ M=#7,<,7%M$YR2?7V6VDKI583*34L=XQ3?:03W57)I?12<%M=MEAUG_V7UM2J MG;;0=VLU-]^QK-QV8($?-ECB=G<%^-I.^TTWXHGWC37:@IV]V-8-Y43(X5]# M%IE?9?65U..`4Y;7VC<37AFZEM<%F=B8L_6D,75D*";5'#7>N&-".79Y9IDA M;G;GI+]]^4UVG[:89.S8Z2D3K=T9>DITBSY6ZG)M)OKHWZ>>MAJCO9::MI;OOHBI5N&FZ^Y?_NV^_`WU:Y['B9YIEA1S`@XFXA MS:C<\LLQSUSSS3GOW///00]=]-%)+]WTTU%/7?49_%-L!ZY!Z4JU*&6?W?9W M:\?]]D9SU]UWWG=?)-C8@R>>B_&)YYZL%X_G?A MI8\>>R&L#V00;L@OG_CMO?\^DNZK9S][]=]P'WSM@4<__?KQYQ[AUD7MW___ M`1A``0Z0@`4TX`&C!(#P(9"!#73@`R$800E.D()+4&`%,9A!#6Z0@QWTX`3A#X$8 M1"$.D8(^).(1D9C_1"4NL2LL9.(3H1A%*2K1B%.TXA6QF,435M%_BKL%_,I0 ML$:1K6M@K,08;?@3^X%A:E]($T%"'UB+!#%A*1PA(D'[G8/T`6DH\@"((-Z1:_DOG`?.W+9!C_F,?I MM9%AF-SD$D3I/5):\I.H#.4I43E'3\(R"[2\Q!T!.,E1\DZ0MJQ"*M\7RE[Z MLI;$O)XPY:=)4QJ3>;U\)#"#R3UGE@&7S;$+)H+%F>&)I0+;Q(PW7X>.2'P3 M?";H)AM?`T[EY8HYV53!.=^@&75*SIWI+*<+X!E/>XXSG)"4)S\!V4J)__`H MA))48R4GMTKEI6^9>-OF3Q0JN3HV-'GK$R4I$]H^:,[OH@_-8T2%L<#E:=2A M''5H-B5*4NM%6I5.`YRI^'K MJEF_"E:UCE6<;/6J6,NZUKC:<9A(S:=/[PK4O`I5G&@=I%_[JE*!"BVP<-RK M70=[OL,B%J=#72Q4"VO2Q_[RKX)M;$O=2'C624^=Z1[- MZTK]C50E(Q.)6XUJU;3RY2A]B_I*_.9WC$W4;2E;>TE38O.]\=VE@6<; M8%D&$[\!57!BA09AXDGXF)F]Z$3K1U%>JH:\3M*E\3X,XO0R57]OO&GU0LS& M$7=AQ85HL<_^R-DF6)A\&F9HADO\S$9U&(U-Y:>/OPOD[K[X$#D-\E+'%]4@ MI[BY3'YN4=$IY"%?]I\_-O*4J4Q:PQ+9(E!.+9>5#&8.\!BVJ^2OF54+TG#> M=Z1"7;-%WPQG;*[TKUC_12V:ZTSGOMJ9K&IV,)L[>=R@_7;!PPWT$=*BXNR0 M&<.-OK&C59IC24_ZT96.-*2WC&G);IC3G8Y>>YW$:$WCE=*7MG2F3XUJ4Z]: MU:W>]*CU:D82EYC6M=ZQ;M\I9EDZ><9>/C*OD^SKY4JYU\(>MK&?C.QB`YL1 M$+VGLZVL[.T2>]K2#C:2?79E+(-3V\7&]GAQW>?2XI//>_8HN<_]9SD?&JKH M9C"[*>ON=1]BVMO-^.ZW?0%]6]O>2-2QAK7!6?WJ5).ZU*YF M^,(1GO"'2SSB#I^XQ97Z7Q84G!EXFZ['/]YF47S[(R3'A\F-@7)9@%R?L&LY M_\M)!/,IR!P-*N^(S=N"<][HW&X\[[FNJR+R.?B\"AS?-[6/;NVD,[MK%-&S MTZ/)]*8K/<)(KSK5)VSUJ6.]PEROL-2S#O:OZQK*8K>(+I^N]:Q[_>QL![?M MDG?N0<-Y[F[6]]++[6^[T[O>=3^OW_M^]ZWS/=Z`#SR>\YMVPA=^\5=OO./5 M;'C&FSD+1F\W?!$\7\P7^,"=Y_SG-9_YT'M^]*"_KWM+G_I0UY7`TF2O,&'/ MR]B[7O:UI_WMY[/_SE)S];QV!_8O,G4.-:=/_[X1]_ MXUE>_O6W__WQ7]#\[Y___??_F-OO_P1P``G0A5BJ`!$P`14PB`YP`1WP`2$0 HA1HP`BFP`BUP@FIH=31P`SFP`SWP`T$P!$5P!$FP!$VP`P&@````.S\_ ` end GRAPHIC 16 g86851kii001.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g86851kii001.gif M1TE&.#EA$0$5`'<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+``````1`14`@`````````+_C(^@R^T/HYRT6HIRNKS[#X:0)I;F MB2J9NJ;N"WM;3'=!/1I-B_?X4='EA$,-SWA;(`$DS.R1=#1W4PE0>D7RBD^E MMKED&+W?*/@*O76[:323R()3X>SVQ#V7DR_X>#0NUNDQZ0X9&:()YB))DIWZJC)N+/J1R45Z91*V5KKNIGI-ZL[ M^WE9N5>;NZ%GJ@I\_)@,^LK:N&MK*1W;YDLY#-H+C4P66NR6FTUK^S<\*?K; MW7D7'JS,O7S]J69-#YW$MEWH_9WZ9)THG6X:$<7*A2BTZE7 M=6-C7E75!U&\KERU'@5)%M>1A&X91FL)%B]1@_O*RBIR+*W&J7(+4TTWZI=: M6G3KL@V*;QG3E)'T=%'+DNC$A&<&JCA MV0T_]YO8[*GJTFP?/T.5^_#)UK1AZY5MM^%CEZ;_B2XZD>5:S]3>NL9=_2_# ML-,[>^_,7?7RUP^A!X3]$F-(?NN*7_
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----